command-line-options.html revision b4c03bbe10143fc39b3bfe927a9cdac267226b8a
1
2
3
4
5<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
6    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
7<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
8<head>
9  <meta name="verify-v1" content="g222frIIxcQTrvDR3NBRUSKP3AnMNoqxOkIniCEkV7U=" />
10  <link rel="meta" type="application/rdf+xml" title="ICI" href="http://imagemagick.org/ici.rdf" />
11  <style type="text/css" media="screen,projection"><!--
12    @import url("/www/magick.css");
13  --></style>
14  <link rel="shortcut icon" href="/images/wand.ico"  type="images/vnd.microsoft.icon"/>
15  <title>ImageMagick: Command-line Options</title>
16  <meta http-equiv="Content-Language" content="en-US"/>
17  <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8"/>
18  <meta http-equiv="Reply-to" content="magick-users@imagemagick.org"/>
19  <meta name="Generator" content="PHP"/>
20  <meta name="Keywords" content="command-line, options, ImageMagick, ImageMagic, MagickCore, MagickWand, PerlMagick, Magick++, RMagick, PythonMagick, JMagick, TclMagick, Image, Magick, Magic, Wand, ImageMagickObject, Swiss, Army, Knife, Image, Processing"/>
21  <meta name="Description" content="ImageMagick® is a software suite to create, edit, and compose bitmap images. It can read, convert and write images in a variety of formats (about 100) including GIF, JPEG, JPEG-2000, PNG, PDF, PhotoCD, TIFF, and DPX. Use ImageMagick to translate, flip, mirror, rotate, scale, shear and transform images, adjust image colors, apply various special effects, or draw text, lines, polygons, ellipses and Bézier curves.  ImageMagick is free software delivered as a ready-to-run binary distribution or as source code that you can freely use, copy, modify, and distribute. Its license is compatible with the GPL. It runs on all major operating systems.  The functionality of ImageMagick is typically utilized from the command line or you can use the features from programs written in your favorite programming language. Choose from these interfaces: MagickCore (C), MagickWand (C), ChMagick (Ch), Magick++ (C++), JMagick (Java), L-Magick (Lisp), PascalMagick (Pascal), PerlMagick (Perl), MagickWand for PHP (PHP), PythonMagick (Python), RMagick (Ruby), or TclMagick (Tcl/TK). With a language interface, use ImageMagick to modify or create images automagically and dynamically."/>
22  <meta name="Rating" content="GENERAL"/>
23  <meta name="Robots" content="INDEX, FOLLOW"/>
24  <meta name="Generator" content="ImageMagick Studio LLC"/>
25  <meta name="Author" content="ImageMagick Studio LLC"/>
26  <meta name="Revisit-after" content="2 DAYS"/>
27  <meta name="Resource-type" content="document"/>
28  <meta name="Copyright" content="Copyright (c) 1999-2009 ImageMagick Studio LLC"/>
29  <meta name="Distribution" content="Global"/>
30</head>
31
32<body id="www-imagemagick-org">
33<div class="titlebar">
34<a href="/index.html">
35  <img src="/images/script.png" alt="[ImageMagick]"
36  style="width: 350px; height: 60px; margin: 28px auto; float: left;" /></a>
37<a href="http://www.networkredux.com">
38  <img src="/images/networkredux.png" alt="[sponsor]"
39  style="margin: 45px auto; border: 0px; float: left;" /></a>
40<a href="http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/">
41  <img src="/images/logo.jpg" alt=""
42  style="width: 114px; height: 118px; border: 0px; float: right;" /></a>
43<a href="/index.html">
44  <img src="/images/sprite.jpg" alt=""
45  style="width: 114px; height: 118px; border: 0px; float: right;" /></a>
46</div>
47
48<div class="eastbar">
49
50<div class="menu">
51  <a href="/index.html">About ImageMagick</a>
52</div>
53<div class="sep"></div>
54<div class="menu">
55  <a href="/www/command-line-tools.html">Command-line Tools</a>
56</div>
57<div class="sub">
58    <a href="/www/command-line-processing.html">Processing</a>
59</div>
60<div class="sub">
61    <a href="/www/command-line-options.html">Options</a>
62</div>
63<div class="sub">
64    <a href="http://www.imagemagick.org/Usage/">Usage</a>
65</div>
66<div class="menu">
67  <a href="/www/api.html">Program Interfaces</a>
68</div>
69<div class="sub">
70    <a href="/www/magick-wand.html">MagickWand</a>
71</div>
72<div class="sub">
73    <a href="/www/magick-core.html">MagickCore</a>
74</div>
75<div class="sub">
76    <a href="/www/perl-magick.html">PerlMagick</a>
77</div>
78<div class="sub">
79    <a href="/Magick++/">Magick++</a>
80</div>
81<div class="menu">
82  <a href="/www/architecture.html">Architecture</a>
83</div>
84<div class="sep"></div>
85<div  class="menu">
86   <a href="/www/install-source.html">Install from Source</a>
87</div>
88<div class="sub">
89    <a href="/www/install-source.html#unix">Unix</a>
90</div>
91<div class="sub">
92    <a href="/www/install-source.html#windows">Windows</a>
93 </div>
94<div class="menu">
95  <a href="/www/binary-releases.html">Binary Releases</a>
96</div>
97<div class="sub">
98    <a href="/www/binary-releases.html#unix">Unix</a>
99</div>
100<div class="sub">
101    <a href="/www/binary-releases.html#macosx">Mac OS X</a>
102</div>
103<div class="sub">
104    <a href="/www/binary-releases.html#windows">Windows</a>
105</div>
106<div class="menu">
107  <a href="/www/resources.html">Resources</a>
108</div>
109<div class="sep"></div>
110<div class="menu">
111  <a href="/www/download.html">Download</a>
112</div>
113<div class="sep"></div>
114<div class="menu">
115  <a href="http://www.imagemagick.org/script/search.php">Search</a>
116</div>
117<div class="sep"></div>
118<div class="menu">
119  <a href="/www/sitemap.html">Site Map</a>
120</div>
121<div  class="sub">
122    <a href="/www/links.html">Links</a>
123</div>
124<div class="sep"></div>
125<div  class="menu">
126  <a href="/www/sponsors.html">Sponsors:</a>
127
128<div class="sponsbox">
129<div  class="sponsor">
130  <a href="http://www.print24.de/">Druckerei</a><!-- 201009010720 -->
131</div>
132<div  class="sponsor">
133   <a href="http://www.goyax.de">Börse</a><!-- 201001000240 Gewiese digital-finance.de -->
134</div>
135<div  class="sponsor">
136   <a href="http://www.allesdruck.de">Druckerei Online</a><!-- 201012001200 allesdruck.de-->
137</div>
138<div  class="sponsor">
139  <a href="http://www.blumenversender.com">Blumenversand</a><!-- 200911010120 -->
140</div>
141<div  class="sponsor">
142  <a href="http://www.who-sells-it.com/">Free Catalogs</a><!-- 201002010000 -->
143</div>
144<div  class="sponsor">
145  <a href="http://www.online-kredit-index.de">Kredit</a><!-- 201002010120 Buchhorn -->
146</div>
147</div>
148</div>
149
150
151</div>
152
153<div class="main">
154
155<p class="navigation-index">
156[ <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#adaptive-blur">&#x2011;adaptive&#x2011;blur</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#adaptive-resize">&#x2011;adaptive&#x2011;resize</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#adaptive-sharpen">&#x2011;adaptive&#x2011;sharpen</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#adjoin">&#x2011;adjoin</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#affine">&#x2011;affine</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#alpha">&#x2011;alpha</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#annotate">&#x2011;annotate</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#antialias">&#x2011;antialias</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#append">&#x2011;append</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#attenuate">&#x2011;attenuate</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#authenticate">&#x2011;authenticate</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#auto-gamma">&#x2011;auto&#x2011;gamma</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#auto-level">&#x2011;auto&#x2011;level</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#auto-orient">&#x2011;auto&#x2011;orient</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#average">&#x2011;average</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#backdrop">&#x2011;backdrop</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#background">&#x2011;background</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#bench">&#x2011;bench</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#bias">&#x2011;bias</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#blackpoint-compensation">&#x2011;blackpoint&#x2011;compensation</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#black-threshold">&#x2011;black&#x2011;threshold</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#blend">&#x2011;blend</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#blue-primary">&#x2011;blue&#x2011;primary</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#blue-shift">&#x2011;blue&#x2011;shift</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#blur">&#x2011;blur</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#border">&#x2011;border</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#bordercolor">&#x2011;bordercolor</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#borderwidth">&#x2011;borderwidth</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#cache">&#x2011;cache</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#caption">&#x2011;caption</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#cdl">&#x2011;cdl</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#channel">&#x2011;channel</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#charcoal">&#x2011;charcoal</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#chop">&#x2011;chop</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#clamp">&#x2011;clamp</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#clip">&#x2011;clip</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#clip-mask">&#x2011;clip&#x2011;mask</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#clip-path">&#x2011;clip&#x2011;path</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#clone">&#x2011;clone</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#clut">&#x2011;clut</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#coalesce">&#x2011;coalesce</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#colorize">&#x2011;colorize</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#colormap">&#x2011;colormap</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#colors">&#x2011;colors</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#colorspace">&#x2011;colorspace</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#combine">&#x2011;combine</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#comment">&#x2011;comment</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#compose">&#x2011;compose</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#composite">&#x2011;composite</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#compress">&#x2011;compress</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#contrast">&#x2011;contrast</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#contrast-stretch">&#x2011;contrast&#x2011;stretch</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#convolve">&#x2011;convolve</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#crop">&#x2011;crop</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#cycle">&#x2011;cycle</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#debug">&#x2011;debug</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#decipher">&#x2011;decipher</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#deconstruct">&#x2011;deconstruct</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#define">&#x2011;define</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#delay">&#x2011;delay</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#delete">&#x2011;delete</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#density">&#x2011;density</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#depth">&#x2011;depth</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#descend">&#x2011;descend</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#deskew">&#x2011;deskew</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#despeckle">&#x2011;despeckle</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#displace">&#x2011;displace</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#display">&#x2011;display</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#dispose">&#x2011;dispose</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#dissimilarity-threshold">&#x2011;dissimilarity&#x2011;threshold</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#dissolve">&#x2011;dissolve</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#distort">&#x2011;distort</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#dither">&#x2011;dither</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#draw">&#x2011;draw</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#edge">&#x2011;edge</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#emboss">&#x2011;emboss</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#encipher">&#x2011;encipher</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#encoding">&#x2011;encoding</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#endian">&#x2011;endian</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#enhance">&#x2011;enhance</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#equalize">&#x2011;equalize</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#evaluate">&#x2011;evaluate</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#extent">&#x2011;extent</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#extract">&#x2011;extract</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#family">&#x2011;family</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#fft">&#x2011;fft</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#fill">&#x2011;fill</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#filter">&#x2011;filter</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#flatten">&#x2011;flatten</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#flip">&#x2011;flip</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#floodfill">&#x2011;floodfill</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#flop">&#x2011;flop</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#font">&#x2011;font</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#foreground">&#x2011;foreground</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#format">&#x2011;format</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#format_identify_">&#x2011;format[identify]</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#frame">&#x2011;frame</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#frame_import_">&#x2011;frame[import]</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#function">&#x2011;function</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#fuzz">&#x2011;fuzz</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#fx">&#x2011;fx</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#gamma">&#x2011;gamma</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#gaussian-blur">&#x2011;gaussian&#x2011;blur</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#geometry">&#x2011;geometry</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#gravity">&#x2011;gravity</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#green-primary">&#x2011;green&#x2011;primary</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#hald-clut">&#x2011;hald&#x2011;clut</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#help">&#x2011;help</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#highlight-color">&#x2011;highlight&#x2011;color</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#iconGeometry">&#x2011;iconGeometry</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#iconic">&#x2011;iconic</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#identify">&#x2011;identify</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#ift">&#x2011;ift</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#immutable">&#x2011;immutable</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#implode">&#x2011;implode</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#insert">&#x2011;insert</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#intent">&#x2011;intent</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#interlace">&#x2011;interlace</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#interpolate">&#x2011;interpolate</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#interline-spacing">&#x2011;interline&#x2011;spacing</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#interword-spacing">&#x2011;interword&#x2011;spacing</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#kerning">&#x2011;kerning</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#label">&#x2011;label</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#lat">&#x2011;lat</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#layers">&#x2011;layers</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#level">&#x2011;level</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#level-colors">&#x2011;level&#x2011;colors</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#limit">&#x2011;limit</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#linear-stretch">&#x2011;linear&#x2011;stretch</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#linewidth">&#x2011;linewidth</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#liquid-rescale">&#x2011;liquid&#x2011;rescale</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#list">&#x2011;list</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#log">&#x2011;log</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#loop">&#x2011;loop</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#lowlight-color">&#x2011;lowlight&#x2011;color</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#magnify">&#x2011;magnify</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#map">&#x2011;map</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#map_stream_">&#x2011;map[stream]</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#mask">&#x2011;mask</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#mattecolor">&#x2011;mattecolor</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#median">&#x2011;median</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#metric">&#x2011;metric</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#mode">&#x2011;mode</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#modulate">&#x2011;modulate</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#monitor">&#x2011;monitor</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#monochrome">&#x2011;monochrome</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#morph">&#x2011;morph</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#mosaic">&#x2011;mosaic</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#motion-blur">&#x2011;motion&#x2011;blur</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#name">&#x2011;name</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#negate">&#x2011;negate</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#noise">&#x2011;noise</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#normalize">&#x2011;normalize</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#opaque">&#x2011;opaque</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#ordered-dither">&#x2011;ordered&#x2011;dither</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#orient">&#x2011;orient</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#page">&#x2011;page</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#paint">&#x2011;paint</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#path">&#x2011;path</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#pause_animate_">&#x2011;pause[animate]</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#pause_import_">&#x2011;pause[import]</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#pen">&#x2011;pen</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#ping">&#x2011;ping</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#pointsize">&#x2011;pointsize</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#polaroid">&#x2011;polaroid</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#posterize">&#x2011;posterize</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#preview">&#x2011;preview</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#print">&#x2011;print</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#process">&#x2011;process</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#profile">&#x2011;profile</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#quality">&#x2011;quality</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#quantize">&#x2011;quantize</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#quiet">&#x2011;quiet</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#radial-blur">&#x2011;radial&#x2011;blur</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#raise">&#x2011;raise</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#random-threshold">&#x2011;random&#x2011;threshold</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#recolor">&#x2011;recolor</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#red-primary">&#x2011;red&#x2011;primary</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#regard-warnings">&#x2011;regard&#x2011;warnings</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#region">&#x2011;region</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#remap">&#x2011;remap</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#remote">&#x2011;remote</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#render">&#x2011;render</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#repage">&#x2011;repage</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#resample">&#x2011;resample</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#resize">&#x2011;resize</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#respect-parentheses">&#x2011;respect&#x2011;parentheses</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#reverse">&#x2011;reverse</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#roll">&#x2011;roll</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#rotate">&#x2011;rotate</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#sample">&#x2011;sample</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#sampling-factor">&#x2011;sampling&#x2011;factor</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#scale">&#x2011;scale</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#scene">&#x2011;scene</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#screen">&#x2011;screen</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#seed">&#x2011;seed</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#segment">&#x2011;segment</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#selective-blur">&#x2011;selective&#x2011;blur</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#separate">&#x2011;separate</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#sepia-tone">&#x2011;sepia&#x2011;tone</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#set">&#x2011;set</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#shade">&#x2011;shade</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#shadow">&#x2011;shadow</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#shared-memory">&#x2011;shared&#x2011;memory</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#sharpen">&#x2011;sharpen</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#shave">&#x2011;shave</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#shear">&#x2011;shear</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#sigmoidal-contrast">&#x2011;sigmoidal&#x2011;contrast</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#silent">&#x2011;silent</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#size">&#x2011;size</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#sketch">&#x2011;sketch</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#snaps">&#x2011;snaps</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#solarize">&#x2011;solarize</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#sparse-color">&#x2011;sparse&#x2011;color</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#splice">&#x2011;splice</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#spread">&#x2011;spread</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#stegano">&#x2011;stegano</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#stereo">&#x2011;stereo</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#stretch">&#x2011;stretch</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#strip">&#x2011;strip</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#stroke">&#x2011;stroke</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#strokewidth">&#x2011;strokewidth</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#style">&#x2011;style</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#swap">&#x2011;swap</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#swirl">&#x2011;swirl</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#taint">&#x2011;taint</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#text-font">&#x2011;text&#x2011;font</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#texture">&#x2011;texture</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#threshold">&#x2011;threshold</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#thumbnail">&#x2011;thumbnail</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#tile">&#x2011;tile</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#tile-offset">&#x2011;tile&#x2011;offset</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#tint">&#x2011;tint</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#title">&#x2011;title</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#transform">&#x2011;transform</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#transparent">&#x2011;transparent</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#transparent-color">&#x2011;transparent&#x2011;color</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#transpose">&#x2011;transpose</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#transverse">&#x2011;transverse</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#treedepth">&#x2011;treedepth</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#trim">&#x2011;trim</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#type">&#x2011;type</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#undercolor">&#x2011;undercolor</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#unique-colors">&#x2011;unique&#x2011;colors</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#units">&#x2011;units</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#unsharp">&#x2011;unsharp</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#update">&#x2011;update</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#verbose">&#x2011;verbose</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#version">&#x2011;version</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#view">&#x2011;view</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#vignette">&#x2011;vignette</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#virtual-pixel">&#x2011;virtual&#x2011;pixel</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#visual">&#x2011;visual</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#watermark">&#x2011;watermark</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#wave">&#x2011;wave</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#weight">&#x2011;weight</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#white-point">&#x2011;white&#x2011;point</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#white-threshold">&#x2011;white&#x2011;threshold</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#window">&#x2011;window</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#window-group">&#x2011;window&#x2011;group</a> <span class='bull'>&nbsp;&bull; </span> <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#write">&#x2011;write</a>  ] </p>
157
158<p>Below is list of command-line options recognized by the ImageMagick <a href="/www/command-line-tools.html">command-line tools</a>. If you want a description of a particular option, click on the option name in the navigation bar above and you will go right to it. Unless otherwise noted, each option is recognized by the commands
159<a href="/www/convert.html">convert</a>, <a href="/www/mogrify.html">mogrify</a>, and ....  </p>
160
161<div style="margin: auto;">
162  <h4><a name="adaptive-blur" id="adaptive-blur"></a>-adaptive-blur <em class="arg">radius</em>[x<em class="arg">sigma</em>]</h4>
163</div>
164
165<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Adaptively blur pixels, with decreasing effect near edges.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
166
167<p>A Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (<em class="arg">sigma</em>) is used. If <em class="arg">sigma</em> is not given it defaults to 1.</p>
168
169<div style="margin: auto;">
170  <h4><a name="adaptive-resize" id="adaptive-resize"></a>-adaptive-resize <em class="arg">geometry</em></h4>
171</div>
172
173<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Resize the image using data-dependent triangulation.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
174
175<p>See <a href="/www/command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument. The <a href="#adaptive-resize">-adaptive-resize</a> option defaults to data-dependent triangulation.  Use the <a href="#filter">-filter</a> to choose a different resampling algorithm.  Offsets, if present in the geometry string, are ignored, and the <a href="#gravity">-gravity</a> option has no effect.</p>
176
177<div style="margin: auto;">
178  <h4><a name="adaptive-sharpen" id="adaptive-sharpen"></a>-adaptive-sharpen <em class="arg">radius</em>[x<em class="arg">sigma</em>]</h4>
179</div>
180
181<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Adaptively sharpen pixels, with increasing effect near edges.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
182
183<p>A Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (<em class="arg">sigma</em>) is used. If <em class="arg">sigma</em> is not given it defaults to 1.</p>
184
185<div style="margin: auto;">
186  <h4><a name="adjoin" id="adjoin"></a>-adjoin</h4>
187</div>
188
189<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Join images into a single multi-image file.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
190
191<p>This option is enabled by default. An attempt is made to save all
192images of an image sequence into the given output file.
193However, some formats, such as JPEG and PNG, do not support more than one
194image per file, and in that case ImageMagick is forced to write each image as a separate file.  As
195such, if more than one image needs to be written, the filename given is
196modified by adding a <a href="#scene">-scene</a> number before the
197suffix, in order to make distinct names for each image. </p>
198
199<p>Use <a href="#adjoin">+adjoin</a> to force each image to be written
200to separate files, whether or not the file format allows multiple images
201per file (for example, GIF, MIFF, and TIFF). </p>
202
203<p>Including a C-style integer format string in the output filename will automagically enable <a href="#adjoin">+adjoin</a> and are used to specify where the <a href="#scene">-scene</a> number is placed in the filenames. These strings, such as '<kbd>%d</kbd>' or '<kbd>%03d</kbd>', are familiar to those who have used the standard <kbd>printf()</kbd>' C-library function. As an example, the command</p>
204
205<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert logo: rose: -morph 15 my%02dmorph.jpg</span></p>
206<p>will create a sequence of 17 images named my00morph.jpg, my01morph.jpg, my02morph.jpg, ..., my16morph.jpg.
207</p>
208
209<p>In summary, ImageMagick tries to write all images to one file, but will use
210multiple files if either (1) the output image's file format does not allow multi-image files,
211(2) the <a href="#adjoin">+adjoin</a> option is given, or (3) a C-style integer format string is
212present in the output filename. </p>
213
214
215<div style="margin: auto;">
216  <h4><a name="affine" id="affine"></a>-affine <em class="arg">s<sub>x</sub></em>,<em class="arg">r<sub>x</sub></em>,<em class="arg">r<sub>y</sub></em>,<em class="arg">s<sub>y</sub></em>,<em class="arg">t<sub>x</sub></em>,<em class="arg">t<sub>y</sub></em><br/>
217  -affine <em class="arg">s<sub>x</sub></em>,<em class="arg">r<sub>x</sub></em>,<em class="arg">r<sub>y</sub></em>,<em class="arg">s<sub>y</sub></em></h4>
218</div>
219
220<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Set the drawing transformation matrix for combined rotating and scaling.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
221
222<p>This option sets a transformation matrix, encoded as (<em class="arg">s<sub>x</sub></em>, <em class="arg">r<sub>x</sub></em>, <em class="arg">r<sub>y</sub></em>, <em class="arg">s<sub>y</sub></em>, <em class="arg">t<sub>x</sub></em>, <em class="arg">t<sub>y</sub></em>), for use by subsequent <a href="#draw">-draw</a> or <a href="#transform">-transform</a> options.</p>
223
224<p>The matrix entries are entered as comma-separated numeric values <i>with no spaces</i>. </p>
225
226<p>Internally, the transformation matrix has 3x3 elements, but three of them are omitted from the input because they are constant. The new (transformed) coordinates (<em class="arg">x'</em>, <em class="arg">y'</em>) of a pixel at position (<em class="arg">x</em>, <em class="arg">y</em>) in the original image are calculated using the following matrix equation.</p>
227
228<div class="eqn">
229<img alt="affine transformation"  src="/images/affine.png"/>
230</div>
231
232<p>
233The size of the resulting image is that of the smallest rectangle that contains the transformed source image.  The parameters <em class="arg">t<sub>x</sub></em> and <em class="arg">t<sub>y</sub></em>  subsequently shift the image pixels so that those that are moved out of the image area are cut off.</p>
234
235<p>The transformation matrix complies with the left-handed pixel coordinate system: positive <em class="arg">x</em> and <em class="arg">y</em> directions are rightward and downward, resp.; positive rotation is clockwise.</p>
236
237<p> If the translation coefficients <em class="arg">t<sub>x</sub></em> and <em class="arg">t<sub>y</sub></em> are omotted they default to 0,0. Therefore, four parameters suffice for rotation and scaling without translation.</p>
238
239<p>Scaling by the factors <em class="arg">s<sub>x</sub></em> and <em class="arg">s<sub>y</sub></em> in the <em>x</em> and <em>y</em> directions, respectively, is accomplished with the following.</p>
240
241<p class="crtsnip">
242 -affine <em class="arg">s<sub>x</sub></em>,0,0,<em class="arg">s<sub>y</sub></em>
243</p>
244
245<p>Translation by a displacement (<em class="arg">t<sub>x</sub></em>, <em class="arg">t<sub>y</sub></em>) is accomplished like so:</p>
246
247<p class="crtsnip">
248  -affine 1,0,0,1,<em class="arg">t<sub>x</sub></em>,<em class="arg">t<sub>y</sub></em>
249</p>
250
251<p>Rotate clockwise about the origin (the upper left-hand corner) by an angle <em>a</em> by letting
252<em>c</em> = cos(<em>a</em>), <em>s</em> = sin(<em>a</em>), and using the following.</p>
253
254<p class="crtsnip">
255  -affine <em>c</em>,<em>s</em>,-<em>s</em>,<em>c</em>
256</p>
257
258<p>The cumulative effect of a sequence of <a href="#affine" >-affine</a> transformations can be accomplished by instead by a single <a href="#affine" >-affine</a> operation using the matrix equal to the product of the matrices of the individual transformations.</p>
259
260<p>An attempt is made to detect near-singular transformation matrices. If the matrix determinant has a sufficiently small absolute value it is rejected.</p>
261
262<div style="margin: auto;">
263  <h4><a name="alpha" id="alpha"></a>-alpha <em class="arg">type</em></h4>
264</div>
265
266<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Gives control of the alpha/matte channel of an image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
267
268<p>Used to set a flag on an image indicating whether or not to use existing alpha
269channel data, to create an alpha channel, or to perform other operations on the alpha channel.  Choose the argument <em class="arg">type</em> from the list below.</p>
270
271
272<table class="doc">
273  <tbody>
274  <tr valign="top">
275    <th align="left" style="width: 8%">type</th>
276    <th align="left">Description</th>
277  </tr>
278
279  <tr valign="top">
280    <td valign="top"><kbd>Off</kbd>&nbsp; or
281    <kbd>Deactivate</kbd></td>
282    <td valign="top">
283       Disables the image's transparency channel. Does not delete or change the
284       existing data, just turns off the use of that data. This is the same as
285       the older <a href="#matte" >+matte</a> operator. </td></tr>
286
287  <tr valign="top">
288    <td valign="top"><kbd>On</kbd>&nbsp; or
289    <kbd>Activate</kbd></td>
290    <td valign="top">
291       Enables the image's use of transparency.  If transparency data does not
292       already exist, allocates the data and sets it to opaque. If the image has
293       transparency data, the channel is enabled and the transparency data is not changed or modified in any way. This is NOT
294       the same as the older <a href="#matte" >-matte</a> operator. </td></tr>
295
296  <tr valign="top">
297    <td valign="top"><kbd>Set</kbd></td>
298    <td valign="top">
299       Turns '<kbd>On</kbd>' the alpha/matte channel and if it was previously
300       turned off resets the channel to opaque.  If the image already had the
301       alpha channel turned on, it will have no effect. This is the same as the older <a href="#matte">-matte</a> operator. </td></tr>
302
303  <tr valign="top">
304    <td valign="top"><kbd>Opaque</kbd></td>
305    <td valign="top">
306       Turns '<kbd>On</kbd>' the alpha/matte channel and forces it to be fully
307       opaque. </td></tr>
308
309  <tr valign="top">
310    <td valign="top"><kbd>Transparent</kbd></td>
311    <td valign="top">
312       Turns '<kbd>On</kbd>' the alpha/matte channel and forces it to be fully
313       transparent. This effectively creates a fully transparent image the same
314       size as the original and with all its original RGB data still intact. </td></tr>
315
316  <tr valign="top">
317    <td valign="top"><kbd>Extract</kbd></td>
318    <td valign="top">
319       Copies the alpha channel values into all the color channels and turns
320       '<kbd>Off</kbd>' the the image's transparency, so as to generate a
321       gray-scale mask of the image's shape. This is the inverse of
322       '<kbd>Copy</kbd>'. </td></tr>
323
324  <tr valign="top">
325    <td valign="top"><kbd>Copy</kbd></td>
326    <td valign="top">
327       Turns '<kbd>On</kbd>' the alpha/matte channel, then copies the
328       gray-scale intensity of the image, as an alpha mask, into the alpha
329       channel, converting a gray-scale mask into a transparent shaped image
330       ready to be colored appropriately. The color channels are not modified.
331       </td></tr>
332
333  <tr valign="top">
334    <td valign="top"><kbd>Shape</kbd></td>
335    <td valign="top">
336       As per '<kbd>Copy</kbd>' but also colors the resulting shape mask with
337       the current background color.
338       </td></tr>
339
340  <tr valign="top">
341    <td valign="top"><kbd>Background</kbd></td>
342    <td valign="top">
343       Set any fully-transparent pixel to the background color.
344       </td></tr>
345  </tbody>
346</table>
347
348<p>Note that while the <a href="#matte" >+matte</a> operation is the same as
349"<kbd><a href="#alpha" >-alpha</a> off</kbd>", the <a href="#matte"
350>-matte</a> operation is the same as "<kbd><a href="#alpha" >-alpha</a> set</kbd>" and
351not "<kbd><a href="#alpha" >-alpha</a> on</kbd>".
352That is, "<kbd><a href="#alpha" >-alpha</a> set</kbd>" will ensure that the
353written image is opaque if the original image had no transparency
354channel enabled, regardless if transparency data is already present. </p>
355
356
357<div style="margin: auto;">
358 <h4><a name="annotate" id="annotate"></a>
359 -annotate <em class="arg">degrees</em> <em class="arg">text</em><br />
360 -annotate <em class="arg">Xdegrees</em>x<em class="arg">Ydegrees</em> <em class="arg">text</em><br />
361 -annotate <em class="arg">Xdegrees</em>x<em class="arg">Ydegrees</em> {+-}<em class="arg">t<sub>x</sub></em>{+-}<em class="arg">t<sub>y</sub></em> <em class="arg">text</em></h4>
362</div>
363
364<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Annotate an image with text.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
365
366<p>This is a convenience for annotating an image with text. For more precise control over text annotations, use <a href="#draw">-draw</a>.</p>
367
368
369<p>The values <em class="arg">Xdegrees</em> and <em class="arg">Ydegrees</em> control the shears with respect to the , respectively, applied to the text, while <em class="arg">t<sub>x</sub></em> and <em class="arg">t<sub>y</sub></em> are offsets that give the location of the text relative to the upper left corner of the image.</p>
370
371<p>Using <a href="#annotate">-annotate</a>&nbsp;<em class="arg">degrees</em> or <a href="#annotate">-annotate</a>&nbsp;<em class="arg">degrees</em>x<em class="arg">degrees</em> produces an unsheared rotation of the text. The direction of the rotation is positive, which means a clockwise rotation if <em class="arg">degrees</em> is positive. (This conforms to the usual mathematical convention once it is realized that the positive <em>y</em>&ndash;direction is conventionally considered to be <em>downward</em> for images.)</p>
372
373<p>The new (transformed) coordinates (<em class="arg">x'</em>, <em class="arg">y'</em>) of a pixel at position (<em class="arg">x</em>, <em class="arg">y</em>) in the image are calculated using the following matrix equation.</p>
374<div class="eqn"><img alt="annotate transformation"  src="/images/annotate.png"/></div>
375
376<p>If <em class="arg">t<sub>x</sub></em> and <em class="arg">t<sub>y</sub></em> are omitted, they default to 0. This makes the bottom-left of the text becomes the upper-left corner of the image, which is probably undesirable. Adding a <a href="#gravity" >-gravity</a> option in this case leads to nice results.</p>
377
378<p>Text is any UTF-8 encoded character sequence.  If <em class="arg">text</em> is of the form '@mytext.txt', the text is read from the file <kbd>mytext.txt</kbd>.  Text  in a file is taken literally; no embedded formatting characters are recognized.</p>
379
380<div style="margin: auto;">
381  <h4><a name="antialias" id="antialias"></a>-antialias</h4>
382</div>
383
384<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Enable/Disable of the rendering of anti-aliasing pixels when
385drawing fonts and lines.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
386
387<p>By default, objects (e.g. text, lines, polygons, etc.) are antialiased when
388drawn.  Use <a href="#antialias">+antialias</a> to disable the addition of
389antialiasing edge pixels.  This will then reduce the number of colors added to
390an image to just the colors being directly drawn.  That is, no mixed colors
391will be added when drawing such objects. </p>
392
393<div style="margin: auto;">
394  <h4><a name="append" id="append"></a>-append</h4>
395</div>
396
397<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Join current images vertically or horizontally.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
398
399<p>This option creates a single longer image image, by joining all the current
400images in sequence top-to-bottom. Use <a href="#append">+append</a> to
401stack images left-to-right. </p>
402
403<p>If they are not of the same width, narrower images are padded with the
404current <a href="#background">-background</a> color setting, and their
405position relative to each other can be controled by the current <a
406href="#gravity">-gravity</a> setting. </p>
407
408
409<div style="margin: auto;">
410  <h4><a name="attenuate" id="attenuate"></a>-attenuate <em class="arg">value</em></h4>
411</div>
412
413<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Lessen (or intensify) when adding noise to an image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
414
415
416<div style="margin: auto;">
417  <h4><a name="authenticate" id="authenticate"></a>-authenticate <em class="arg">password</em></h4>
418</div>
419
420<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Decrypt a PDF with a password.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
421
422<p>Use this option to supply a <em class="arg">password</em> for decrypting a PDF that has been encrypted using Microsoft Crypto API (MSC API). The encrypting using the MSC API is not supported.</p>
423
424<p>For a different encryption method, see <a href="#encipher">-encipher</a> and <a href="#decipher">-decipher</a>. </p>
425
426<div style="margin: auto;">
427  <h4><a name="auto-gamma" id="auto-gamma"></a>-auto-gamma</h4>
428</div>
429
430<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Automagically adjust gamma level of image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
431
432<div style="margin: auto;">
433  <h4><a name="auto-level" id="auto-level"></a>-auto-level</h4>
434</div>
435
436<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Automagically adjust color levels of image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
437
438<div style="margin: auto;">
439  <h4><a name="auto-orient" id="auto-orient"></a>-auto-orient</h4>
440</div>
441
442<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Automagically orient (rotate) an image created by a digital camera.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
443
444<div style="margin: auto;">
445  <h4><a name="average" id="average"></a>-average</h4>
446</div>
447
448<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Average a set of images.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
449
450<p>An error results if the images are not identically sized.</p>
451
452<p>The sequence of images is terminated by the appearance of any option. If the <a href="#average">-average</a> option appears after all of the input images, all images are averaged.</p>
453
454<div style="margin: auto;">
455  <h4><a name="backdrop" id="backdrop"></a>-backdrop</h4>
456</div>
457
458<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Display the image centered on a backdrop.</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/animate.html">animate</a>, <a href="/www/display.html">display</a>]</td></tr></table>
459
460<p>This backdrop covers the entire workstation screen and is useful for hiding other X window activity while viewing the image. The color of the backdrop is specified as the background color. The color is specified using the format described under the <a href="#fill">-fill</a> option.</p>
461
462<div style="margin: auto;">
463  <h4><a name="background" id="background"></a>-background <em class="arg">color</em></h4>
464</div>
465
466<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Set the background color.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
467
468<p>The color is specified using the format described under the <a href="#fill">-fill</a> option. The default background color (if none is specified or found in the image) is white.</p>
469
470<div style="margin: auto;">
471  <h4><a name="bench" id="bench"></a>-bench <em class="arg">iterations</em></h4>
472</div>
473
474<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Measure performance.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
475
476<p>Repeat the entire command for the given number of <em class="arg">iterations</em> and report the user-time and elapsed time. For instance, consider the following command and its output.</p>
477
478<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert logo: -resize 1000% -bench 5 biglogo.png</span><span class='crtout'>Performance: 5i 0.0539724ips 91.750u 2:33</span></p>
479<p>In this example, 5&nbsp;iterations were completed at 0.0539724&nbsp;iterations per second, using 91.750&nbsp;seconds of the user's allotted time, for a total elapsed time of 2&nbsp;minutes&nbsp;and&nbsp;33&nbsp;seconds.</p>
480
481<div style="margin: auto;">
482  <h4><a name="bias" id="bias"></a>-bias <em class="arg">value</em>{<em class="arg">%</em>}</h4>
483</div>
484
485<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Add bias when convolving an image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
486
487<p>This option shifts the output of <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#convolve">&#x2011;convolve</a>  so that positive and negative results are relative to the specified bias value. </p>
488
489<p>This is important for non-HDRI compilations of ImageMagick when dealing with convolutions that contain negative as well as positive values. This is especially the case with convolutions involving high pass filters or edge detection. Without an output bias, the negative values are clipped at zero.</p>
490
491<p>When using an ImageMagick with the HDRI compile-time setting, <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#bias">&#x2011;bias</a> is not needed, as ImageMagick is able to store/handle any
492negative results without clipping to the color value range
493(0..QuantumRange).</p>
494
495<p>See the discussion on HDRI implementations of ImageMagick on the page
496<a href="/www/high-dynamic-range.html">High Dynamic-Range Images</a>. For more about HDRI go the ImageMagick <a href="http://www.imagemagick.org/Usage/basics/#hdri">Usage</a> pages or this <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/High_dynamic_range_imaging">Wikipedia</a> entry.
497</p>
498
499<div style="margin: auto;">
500  <h4><a name="black-point-compensation" id="black-point-compensation"></a>-black-point-compensation</h4>
501</div>
502
503<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Use black point compensation.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
504
505<div style="margin: auto;">
506  <h4><a name="black-threshold" id="black-threshold"></a>-black-threshold <em class="arg">value</em>{<em class="arg">%</em>}</h4>
507</div>
508
509<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Force to black all pixels below the threshold while leaving all pixels at or above the threshold unchanged.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
510
511<p> The threshold value can be given as a percentage or as an absolute integer value within [0,&nbsp;<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>] corresponding to the desired <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#channel">&#x2011;channel</a> value. See <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#threshold">&#x2011;threshold</a> for more details on thresholds and resulting values.
512</p>
513
514
515<div style="margin: auto;">
516  <h4><a name="blend" id="blend"></a>-blend <em class="arg">percent</em></h4>
517</div>
518
519<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>blend an image into another by the given percent.</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/composite.html">composite</a>]</td></tr></table>
520
521<p>Blend will average the images together ('plus') according to the
522percentages given and each pixels transparency.  If only a single percentage
523value is given it sets the weight of the composite or 'source' image, while
524the background image is weighted by the exact opposite amount. That is a
525<kbd>-blend 30</kbd> merges 30% of the 'source' image with 70% of the
526'destination' image.  Thus it is equivalent to <kbd>-blend 30x70</kbd>.</p>
527
528
529<div style="margin: auto;">
530  <h4><a name="blue-primary" id="blue-primary"></a>-blue-primary <em class="arg">x</em>,<em class="arg">y</em></h4>
531</div>
532
533<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Set the blue chromaticity primary point.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
534
535<div style="margin: auto;">
536  <h4><a name="blue-shift" id="blue-shift"></a>-blue-shift <em class="arg">factor</em></h4>
537</div>
538
539<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>simulate a scene at nighttime in the moonlight.  Start with a factor of 1.5</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
540
541<div style="margin: auto;">
542
543<div style="margin: auto;">
544  <h4><a name="blur" id="blur"></a>-blur <em class="arg">radius</em><br />-blur <em class="arg">radius</em>x<em class="arg">sigma</em></h4>
545</div>
546
547<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Reduce image noise and reduce detail levels.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
548
549<p>Convolve the image with a Gaussian or normal distribution.  The formula is:</p>
550
551<div class="eqn"><img alt="gaussian distribution" width="243px" height="42px" src="/images/gaussian-blur.png"/>
552</div>
553
554<p>Where <i>r</i> is the blur radius (<i>r</i><sup>2</sup> = <i>u</i><sup>2</sup> + <i>v</i><sup>2</sup>), and &sigma; is the standard deviation of the Gaussian distribution.  As a guideline, set <i>r</i> to approximately 3&sigma;.  If a radius of 0 is specified, ImageMagick selects a suitable radius for you.</p>
555
556<p>This option differs from <a href="#gaussian-blur">-gaussian-blur</a> simply by taking advantage of the separability properties of the distribution.  Here we apply a single-dimensional Gaussian matrix in the horizontal direction, then repeat the process in the vertical direction.</p>
557
558<p>The <a href="#virtual-pixel">-virtual-pixel</a> setting will determine how
559pixels which are outside the image proper are blurred into the final result.
560</p>
561
562
563<div style="margin: auto;">
564  <h4><a name="blur-composite" id="blur"></a>-blur <em class="arg">Width</em>[x<em class="arg">Height</em>[+<em class="arg">Angle</em>]]</h4>
565</div>
566
567<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Variably blur and image according to the overlay mapping.</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/composite.html">composite</a>]</td></tr></table>
568
569<p>Each pixel in the overlaid region is replaced with an Elliptical Weighted
570Average (EWA) of the source image, scaled according to the grayscale
571mapping. </p>
572
573<p>The ellipse is weighted with sigma set to the given <em class="arg"
574>Width</em> and <em class="arg" >Height</em>. The <em class="arg" >Height</em>
575defaults to the <em class="arg" >Width</em> for a normal circular Guassian
576weighting.  The <em class="arg" >Angle</em> will rotate the ellipse from
577horizontal clock-wise.  </p>
578
579<p>The <a href="#virtual-pixel">-virtual-pixel</a> setting will determine how
580pixels which are outside the image proper are blurred into the final result.
581</p>
582
583
584<div style="margin: auto;">
585  <h4><a name="border" id="border"></a>-border <em class="arg">geometry</em></h4>
586</div>
587
588<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Surround the image with a border of color. </td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
589
590<p>Set the width and height using the <em class="arg">size</em> portion of the <em class="arg">gravity</em> argument.  See <a href="/www/command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument. Offsets are ignored. </p>
591
592<p>Set the border color by preceding with the <a href="#bordercolor">-bordercolor</a> setting.</p>
593
594<p>See also the <a href="#frame">-frame</a> option, which has more functionality.</p>
595
596<div style="margin: auto;">
597  <h4><a name="bordercolor" id="bordercolor"></a>-bordercolor <em class="arg">color</em></h4>
598</div>
599
600<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Set the border color.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
601
602<p>The color is specified using the format described under the <a href="#fill">-fill</a> option.</p>
603
604<p>The default border color is <kbd>#DFDFDF</kbd>, <span style="background-color: #dfdfdf;">this shade of gray</span>.</p>
605
606<div style="margin: auto;">
607  <h4><a name="borderwidth" id="borderwidth"></a>-borderwidth <em class="arg">geometry</em> </h4>
608</div>
609
610<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Set the border width.</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/animate.html">animate</a>, <a href="/www/display.html">display</a>]</td></tr></table>
611
612<div style="margin: auto;">
613  <h4><a name="cache" id="cache"></a>-cache <em class="arg">threshold</em></h4>
614</div>
615
616<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>(This option has been replaced by the <a href='#limit'>-limit</a> option.)</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
617
618<div style="margin: auto;">
619  <h4><a name="caption" id="caption"></a>-caption <em class="arg">string</em></h4>
620</div>
621
622<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Assign a caption to an image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
623
624<div style="margin: auto;">
625  <h4><a name="cdl" id="cdl"></a>-cdl <em class="arg">filename</em></h4>
626</div>
627
628<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>color correct with a color decision list.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
629
630<p>Here is an example color correction collection:</p>
631
632<pre class="text">
633&lt;?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
634&lt;ColorCorrectionCollection xmlns="urn:ASC:CDL:v1.2">
635  &lt;ColorCorrection id="cc06668">
636    &lt;SOPNode>
637      &lt;Slope> 0.9 1.2 0.5 &lt;/Slope>
638      &lt;Offset> 0.4 -0.5 0.6 &lt;/Offset>
639      &lt;Power> 1.0 0.8 1.5 &lt;/Power>
640    &lt;/SOPNode>
641    &lt;SATNode>
642      &lt;Saturation> 0.85 &lt;/Saturation>
643    &lt;/SATNode>
644  &lt;/ColorCorrection>
645&lt;/ColorCorrectionCollection>
646</pre>
647
648<div style="margin: auto;">
649  <h4><a name="channel" id="channel"></a>-channel <em class="arg">type</em></h4>
650</div>
651
652<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Specify those image color channels to which subsequent operators are limited.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
653
654<p>Choose from: <kbd>Red</kbd>, <kbd>Green</kbd>, <kbd>Blue</kbd>, <kbd>Alpha</kbd>, <kbd>Cyan</kbd>, <kbd>Magenta</kbd>, <kbd>Yellow</kbd>, <kbd>Black</kbd>, <kbd>Opacity</kbd>, <kbd>Index</kbd>, <kbd>RGB</kbd>, <kbd>RGBA</kbd>, <kbd>CMYK</kbd>, or <kbd>CMYKA</kbd>.</p>
655
656<p>To print a complete list of channel types, use <a href="#list">-list channel</a>.</p>
657
658<p>The channels above can be specified as a comma-separated list or can be abbreviated as a
659concatenation of the letters '<kbd>R</kbd>', '<kbd>G</kbd>', '<kbd>B</kbd>',
660'<kbd>A</kbd>', '<kbd>O</kbd>', '<kbd>C</kbd>', '<kbd>M</kbd>', '<kbd>Y</kbd>',
661'<kbd>K</kbd>'.
662
663For example, to negate only the alpha channel of an image, use</p>
664<p class="crtsnip">
665    -channel Alpha -negate
666</p>
667
668<p>By default, ImageMagick sets <a href="#channel">-channel</a> to the value
669'<kbd>RGB</kbd>', which specifies that operators act on all channels except
670the opacity channel. Using the option <a href="#channel" >+channel</a> will reset the value back to this default. </p>
671
672<p>Options that are affected by the <a href="#channel" >-channel</a> setting include the following.
673<a href="#black-threshold">-black-threshold</a>,
674<a href="#blur">-blur</a>,
675<a href="#clamp">-clamp</a>,
676<a href="#clut">-clut</a>,
677<a href="#combine">-combine</a>,
678<a href="#contrast-stretch">-contrast-stretch</a>,
679<a href="#evaluate">-evaluate</a>,
680<a href="#function">-function</a>,
681<a href="#fx">-fx</a>,
682<a href="#hald-clut">-hald-clut</a>,
683<a href="#gaussian-blur">-gaussian-blur</a>,
684<a href="#motion-blur">-motion-blur</a>,
685<a href="#negate">-negate</a>,
686<a href="#normalize">-normalize</a>,
687<a href="#ordered-dither">-ordered-dither</a>,
688<a href="#radial-blur">-radial-blur</a>,
689<a href="#random-threshold">-random-threshold</a>,
690<a href="#separate">-separate</a>, and
691<a href="#white-threshold">-white-threshold</a>.
692</p>
693
694
695<div style="margin: auto;">
696  <h4><a name="clamp" id="clamp"></a>-clamp</h4>
697</div>
698
699<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Restrict image colors from 0 to the quantum depth.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
700
701<div style="margin: auto;">
702  <h4><a name="charcoal" id="charcoal"></a>-charcoal <em class="arg">factor</em></h4>
703</div>
704
705<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Simulate a charcoal drawing.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
706
707<div style="margin: auto;">
708  <h4><a name="chop" id="chop"></a>-chop <em class="arg">geometry</em></h4>
709</div>
710
711<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Remove pixels from the interior of an image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
712
713<p>See <a href="/www/command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument. The <em class="arg">width</em> and <em class="arg">height</em> given in the of the <em class="arg">size</em> portion of the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument  give the number of columns and rows to remove. The <em class="arg">offset</em> portion of the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument is influenced by a <a href="#gravity">-gravity</a> setting, if present.</p>
714
715<p>The <a href="#chop">-chop</a> option removes entire rows and columns, and moves the remaining corner blocks leftward and upward to close the gaps.</p>
716
717<div style="margin: auto;">
718  <h4><a name="clip" id="clip"></a>-clip</h4>
719</div>
720
721<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Apply the clipping path if one is present.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
722
723<p>If a clipping path is present, it is applied to subsequent operations.</p>
724
725<p>For example, in the command</p>
726
727<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert -clip -negate cockatoo.tif negated.tif</span></p>
728<p>only the pixels within the clipping path are negated.</p>
729
730<p>The <a href="#clip">-clip</a> feature requires the XML library. If the XML library is not present, the option is ignored.</p>
731
732<div style="margin: auto;">
733  <h4><a name="clip-mask" id="clip-mask"></a>-clip-mask</h4>
734</div>
735
736<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Clip the image as defined by this mask.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
737
738<div style="margin: auto;">
739  <h4><a name="clip-path" id="clip-path"></a>-clip-path <em class="arg">id</em></h4>
740</div>
741
742<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Clip along a named path from the 8BImageMagick profile.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
743
744<div style="margin: auto;">
745  <h4><a name="clone" id="clone"></a>-clone <em class="arg">index(s)</em></h4>
746</div>
747
748<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Make a copy of an image (or images).</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
749
750<p>Specify the image by its index in the sequence.  The first image is index
7510.  Negative indexes are relative to the end of the sequence; for example, &minus;1
752represents the last image of the sequence.  Specify a range of images with a
753dash (e.g. 0&minus;4).  Separate multiple indexes with commas but no spaces (e.g. 0,2,5).  Use <a
754href="#clone">+clone</a>  make a copy of the last image in the image
755sequence.</p>
756
757<div style="margin: auto;">
758  <h4><a name="clut" id="clut"></a>-clut</h4>
759</div>
760
761<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Replace the channel values in the first image using each
762corresponding channel in the second image as a <b>c</b>olor
763<b>l</b>ook<b>u</b>p <b>t</b>able.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
764
765<p>The second (LUT) image is ordinarily a gradient image containing the
766histogram mapping of how each channel should be modified. Typically it is a
767either a single row or column image of replacement color values. If larger
768than a single row or column, values are taken from a diagonal line from
769top-left to bottom-right corners.</p>
770
771<p>The lookup is further controlled by the <a
772href="#interpolate">-interpolate</a> setting, which is especially handy for an
773LUT which is not the full length needed by the ImageMagick installed Quality
774(Q) level. Good settings for this are the '<kbd>bilinear</kbd>' and
775'<kbd>bicubic</kbd>' interpolation settings, which give smooth color
776gradients, and the '<kbd>integer</kbd>' setting for a direct, unsmoothed
777lookup of color values. </p>
778
779<p>This operator is especially suited to replacing a grayscale image with a
780specific color gradient from the CLUT image. </p>
781
782<p>Only the channel values defined by the <a href="#channel">-channel</a>
783setting will have their values replaced. In particular, since the default <a
784href="#channel">-channel</a> setting is <kbd>RGB</kbd>, this means that
785transparency (alpha/matte channel) is not affected, unless the <a
786href="#channel">-channel</a> setting is modified. When the alpha channel is
787set, it is treated by the <a href="#clut" >-clut</a> operator in the same way
788as the other channels, implying that alpha/matte values are replaced using the
789alpha/matte values of the original image. </p>
790
791<p>If either the image being modified, or the lookup image, conatins no
792transparency (i.e. <a href="#alpha" >-alpha</a> is turned 'off') but the <a
793href="#channel">-channel</a> setting includes alpha replacement, then it is
794assumed that image represents a gray-scale graident which will be used for the
795replacement alpha values.  That is you can use a gray-scale CLUT image to
796adjust a existing images alpha channel, or you can color a gray-scale image
797using colors form CLUT containing the desired colors, including transparency.
798</p>
799
800<p>See also <a href="#hald-clut" >-hald-clut</a> which replaces colors according
801the lookup of the full color RGB value from a 2D representation of a 3D color
802cube. </p>
803
804
805<div style="margin: auto;">
806  <h4><a name="coalesce" id="coalesce"></a>-coalesce</h4>
807</div>
808
809<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Fully define the look of each frame of an GIF animation sequence, to form a 'film strip' animation.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
810
811<p>Overlay each image in an image sequence according to its <a href="#dispose">-dispose</a> meta-data, to reproduce the look of an animation at each point in the animation sequence. All images should be the same size, and are assigned appropriate GIF disposal settings for the animation to continue working as expected as a GIF animation.  Such frames are more easilly viewed and processed than the highly optimized GIF overlay images.  </p>
812
813<p>The animation can be re-optimized after processing using the <a href="#layers">-layers</a> method '<kbd>optimize</kbd>', though there is no guarantee that the restored GIF animation optimization is better than the original. </p>
814
815
816<div style="margin: auto;">
817  <h4><a name="colorize" id="colorize"></a>-colorize <em class="arg">value</em></h4>
818</div>
819
820<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Colorize the image by an amount specified by <em class="arg">value</em> using the color specified by the most recent <a href="#fill" >-fill</a> setting.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
821
822<p>Specify the amount of colorization as a percentage. Separate colorization values can be applied to the red, green, and blue channels of the image with a comma-delimited list of colorization values (e.g., <kbd>-colorize 0,0,50</kbd>).</p>
823
824<div style="margin: auto;">
825  <h4><a name="colormap" id="colormap"></a>-colormap <em class="arg">type</em></h4>
826</div>
827
828<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Define the colormap type.</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/animate.html">animate</a>, <a href="/www/display.html">display</a>]</td></tr></table>
829
830<p>The <em class="arg">type</em> can be  <kbd>shared</kbd> or <kbd>private</kbd>.</p>
831
832<p>This option only applies when the default X server visual is <kbd>PseudoColor</kbd> or <kbd>GrayScale</kbd>. Refer to <a href="#visual">-visual</a> for more details. By default, a shared colormap is allocated. The image shares colors with other X clients. Some image colors could be approximated, therefore your image may look very different than intended. If <kbd>private</kbd> is chosen, the image colors appear exactly as they are defined. However, other clients may go <em>technicolor</em> when the image colormap is installed.</p>
833
834<div style="margin: auto;">
835  <h4><a name="colors" id="colors"></a>-colors <em class="arg">value</em></h4>
836</div>
837
838<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Set the preferred number of colors in the image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
839
840<p>The actual number of colors in the image may be less than your request, but never more. Note that this a color reduction option. Images with fewer unique colors than specified by <em class="arg">value</em> will have any duplicate or unused colors removed.  The ordering of an existing color palette may be altered. When converting an image from color to grayscale, it is more efficient to convert the image to the gray colorspace before reducing the number of colors. Refer to the <a href="/www/quantize.html">color reduction algorithm</a> for more details.</p>
841
842<div style="margin: auto;">
843  <h4><a name="colorspace" id="colorspace"></a>-colorspace <em class="arg">value</em></h4>
844</div>
845
846<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Set the image colorspace.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
847
848<p>Choices are:</p>
849
850<pre class="text">
851  CMY
852  CMYK
853  Gray
854  HSB
855  HSL
856  HWB
857  Lab
858  Log
859  OHTA
860  Rec601Luma
861  Rec601YCbCr
862  Rec709Luma
863  Rec709YCbCr
864  RGB
865  sRGB
866  Transparent
867  XYZ
868  YCbCr
869  YCC
870  YIQ
871  YPbPr
872  YUV
873</pre>
874
875<p>To print a complete list of colorspaces, use <a href="#list">-list colorspace</a>.</p>
876
877<p>For a more accurate color conversion to or from the RGB, CMYK, or grayscale colorspaces, use the <a href="#profile">-profile</a> option.</p>
878
879<table class="doc">
880        <caption>Conversion Of RGB To Other Color Spaces</caption>
881        <tr><th align="left" valign="middle">CMY</th></tr>
882        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">C=<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>&minus;R</td></tr>
883        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">M=<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>&minus;G</td></tr>
884        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Y=<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>&minus;B</td></tr>
885        <tr><th align="left" valign="middle">CMYK &mdash; starts with CMY from above</th></tr>
886        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">K=min(C,Y,M)</td></tr>
887        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">C=<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>*(C&minus;K)/(<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>&minus;K)</td></tr>
888        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">M=<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>*(M&minus;K)/(<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>&minus;K)</td></tr>
889        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Y=<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>*(Y&minus;K)/(<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>&minus;K)</td></tr>
890
891        <tr><th align="left" valign="middle">Gray</th></tr>
892        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Gray = 0.29900*R+0.58700*G+0.11400*B</td></tr>
893
894        <tr><th align="left" valign="middle">HSB &mdash; Hue, Saturation, Brightness; like a cone peak downward</th></tr>
895        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">H=angle around perimeter (0 to 360 deg); H=0 is red; increasing angles toward green</td></tr>
896        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">S=distance from axis outward</td></tr>
897        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">B=distance along axis from bottom upward; B=max(R,G,B); <em>intensity-like</em></td></tr>
898
899        <tr><th align="left" valign="middle">HSL &mdash; Hue, Saturation, Lightness; like a double cone end-to-end with peaks at very top and bottom</th></tr>
900        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">H=angle around perimeter (0 to 360 deg); H=0 is red; increasing angles toward green</td></tr>
901        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">S=distance from axis outward</td></tr>
902        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">L=distance along axis from bottom upward; L=0.5*max(R,G,B) + 0.5*min(R,G,B); <em>intensity-like</em></td></tr>
903
904        <tr><th align="left" valign="middle">HWB &mdash; Hue, Whiteness, Blackness</th></tr>
905        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Hue (complicated equation)</td></tr>
906        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Whiteness (complicated equation)</td></tr>
907        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Blackness (complicated equation)</td></tr>
908
909        <tr><th align="left" valign="middle">LAB</th></tr>
910        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">L (complicated equation relating X,Y,Z)</td></tr>
911        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">A (complicated equation relating X,Y,Z)</td></tr>
912        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">B (complicated equation relating X,Y,Z)</td></tr>
913
914        <tr><th align="left" valign="middle">LOG</th></tr>
915        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">I1 (complicated equation involving logarithm of R)</td></tr>
916        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">I2 (complicated equation involving logarithm of G)</td></tr>
917        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">I3 (complicated equation involving logarithm of B)</td></tr>
918
919        <tr><th align="left" valign="middle">OHTA &mdash; approximates principal components transformation</th></tr>
920        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">I1=0.33333*R+0.33334*G+0.33333*B; <em>intensity-like</em></td></tr>
921        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">I2=(0.50000*R+0.00000*G&minus;0.50000*B)*(<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>+1)/2</td></tr>
922        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">I3=(&minus;0.25000*R+0.50000*G&minus;0.25000*B)*(<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>+1)/2</td></tr>
923
924        <tr><th align="left" valign="middle">Rec601Luma</th></tr>
925        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Gray = 0.29900*R+0.58700*G+0.11400*B</td></tr>
926
927        <tr><th align="left" valign="middle">Rec601YCbCr</th></tr>
928        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Y=0.299000*R+0.587000*G+0.114000*B; <em>intensity-like</em></td></tr>
929        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Cb=(&minus;0.168736*R-0.331264*G+0.500000*B)*(<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>+1)/2</td></tr>
930        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Cr=(0.500000*R&minus;0.418688*G&minus;0.081312*B)*(<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>+1)/2</td></tr>
931
932        <tr><th align="left" valign="middle">Rec709Luma</th></tr>
933        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Gray=0.21260*R+0.71520*G+0.07220*B</td></tr>
934
935        <tr><th align="left" valign="middle">Rec709YCbCr</th></tr>
936        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Y=0.212600*R+0.715200*G+0.072200*B; <em>intensity-like</em></td></tr>
937        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Cb=(&minus;0.114572*R&minus;0.385428*G+0.500000*B)*(<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>+1)/2</td></tr>
938        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Cr=(0.500000*R&minus;0.454153*G&minus;0.045847*B)*(<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>+1)/2</td></tr>
939
940        <tr><th align="left" valign="middle">sRGB</th></tr>
941        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">if Rs &le; .03928 then Rs=R/12.92 else Rs=((R+.055)/1.055)^2.4</td></tr>
942        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">if Gs &le; .03928 then Gs=B/12.92 else Gs=((G+.055)/1.055)^2.4</td></tr>
943        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">if Bs &le; .03928 then Bs=B/12.92 else Bs=((B+.055)/1.055)^2.4</td></tr>
944
945        <tr><th align="left" valign="middle">XYZ</th></tr>
946        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">X=0.4124240*R+0.3575790*G+0.1804640*B</td></tr>
947        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Y=0.2126560*R+0.7151580*G+0.0721856*B</td></tr>
948        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Z=0.0193324*R+0.1191930*G+0.9504440*B</td></tr>
949
950        <tr><th align="left" valign="middle">YCC</th></tr>
951        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Y=(0.29900*R+0.58700*G+0.11400*B) (with complicated scaling); <em>intensity-like</em></td></tr>
952        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">C1=(&minus;0.29900*R&minus;0.58700*G+0.88600*B) (with complicated scaling)</td></tr>
953        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">C2=(0.70100*R&minus;0.58700*G&minus;0.11400*B) (with complicated scaling)</td></tr>
954
955        <tr><th align="left" valign="middle">YCbCr</th></tr>
956        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Y=0.299000*R+0.587000*G+0.114000*B; <em>intensity-like</em></td></tr>
957        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Cb=(&minus;0.168736*R&minus;0.331264*G+0.500000*B)*(<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>+1)/2</td></tr>
958        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Cr=(0.500000*R&minus;0.418688*G&minus;0.081312*B)*(<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>+1)/2</td></tr>
959
960        <tr><th align="left" valign="middle">YIQ</th></tr>
961        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Y=0.29900*R+0.58700*G+0.11400*B; <em>intensity-like</em></td></tr>
962        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">I=(0.59600*R&minus;0.27400*G&minus;0.32200*B)*(<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>+1)/2</td></tr>
963        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Q=(0.21100*R&minus;0.52300*G+0.31200*B)*(<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>+1)/2</td></tr>
964
965        <tr><th align="left" valign="middle">YPbPr</th></tr>
966        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Y=0.299000*R+0.587000*G+0.114000*B; <em>intensity-like</em></td></tr>
967        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Pb=(&minus;0.168736*R&minus;0.331264*G+0.500000*B)*(<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>+1)/2</td></tr>
968        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Pr=(0.500000*R&minus;0.418688*G&minus;0.081312*B)*(<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>+1)/2</td></tr>
969
970        <tr><th align="left" valign="middle">YUV</th></tr>
971        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">Y=0.29900*R+0.58700*G+0.11400*B; <em>intensity-like</em></td></tr>
972        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">U=(&minus;0.14740*R&minus;0.28950*G+0.43690*B)*(<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>+1)/2</td></tr>
973        <tr><td align="left" valign="middle">V=(0.61500*R&minus;0.51500*G&minus;0.10000*B)*(<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>+1)/2</td></tr>
974</table>
975
976<div style="margin: auto;">
977  <h4><a name="combine" id="combine"></a>-combine</h4>
978</div>
979
980<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Combine one or more images into a single image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
981
982<p>The channels (previously set by <a href="#channel">-channel</a>) of the combined image are taken from the grayscale values of each image in the sequence, in order. For the default -channel setting of <kbd>RGB</kbd>, this means the first image  is assigned to the <kbd>Red</kbd> channel, the second to the <kbd>Green</kbd> channel, the third to the <kbd>Blue</kbd>.</p>
983
984<p>This option can be thought of as the inverse to <a href="#separate">-separate</a>, so long as the channel settings are the same. Thus, in the following example, the final image should be a copy of the original.
985</p>
986
987<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert original.png -channel RGB -separate sepimage.png</span><span class='crtout'></span><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert sepimage-0.png sepimage-1.png sepimage-2.png -channel RGB -combine imagecopy.png</span></p>
988<div style="margin: auto;">
989  <h4><a name="comment" id="comment"></a>-comment <em class="arg">string</em></h4>
990</div>
991
992<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Embed a comment in an image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
993
994<p>This option places comments in a non-pixel portion of the image file. For a comment to be visibly written on the image itself, use the <a href="#annotate">-annotate</a> or <a href="#draw">-draw</a> options.</p>
995
996<p>Use this option to assign a specific comment to the image, when writing to an image format that supports comments.  You can include the image filename, type, width, height, or other image attribute by embedding special format characters listed under the <a href="#format">-format</a> option. The comment is not drawn on the image, but is embedded in the image datastream via "Comment" tag or similar mechanism. </p>
997
998<p>For example,</p>
999
1000<p class="crtsnip">
1001     -comment "%m:%f %wx%h"
1002</p>
1003
1004<p>produces an image comment of <kbd>MIFF:bird.miff 512x480</kbd> for an image titled <kbd>bird.miff</kbd> and whose width is 512 and height is 480.</p>
1005
1006<p>If the first character of <em class="arg">string</em> is <em class="arg">@</em>, the image comment is read from a file titled by the remaining characters in the string.  Comments in a file are literal; no embedded formatting characters are recognized.</p>
1007
1008<div style="margin: auto;">
1009  <h4><a name="compose" id="compose"></a>-compose <em class="arg">operator</em></h4>
1010</div>
1011
1012<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Set the type of image composition.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
1013
1014<p>The description of composition uses abstract terminology in order to allow
1015the description to be more precise, while avoiding constant values which are
1016specific to a particular build configuration. Each image pixel is represented
1017by red, green, and blue levels (which are equal for a gray pixel). The
1018build-dependent value <em class="QR">QuantumRange</em> is the maximum integral
1019value which may be stored, per pixel, in the red, green, or blue channels of
1020the image. Each image pixel may also optionally (if the image matte channel is
1021enabled) have an associated level of opacity, ranging from <em>opaque</em> to
1022<em>transparent</em>, which may be used to determine the influence of the pixel
1023color when compositing the pixel with another image pixel. If the image matte
1024channel is disabled, then all pixels in the image are treated as opaque. The
1025color of an opaque pixel is fully visible while the color of a transparent
1026pixel color is entirely absent (pixel color is ignored).</p>
1027
1028<p>By definition, raster images have a rectangular shape. All image rows are of
1029equal length, as are all image columns. By treating the alpha channel as a
1030visual "mask" the rectangular image may be given a "shape" by treating the
1031alpha channel as a cookie-cutter for the image. This is done by setting the
1032pixels within the shape to be opaque, with pixels outside the shape set as
1033transparent. Pixels on the boundary of the shape may be between opaque and
1034transparent in order to provide antialiasing (visually smooth edges). The
1035description of the composition operators use this concept of image "shape" in
1036order to make the description of the operators easier to understand. While it
1037is convenient to describe the operators in terms of "shapes" they are by no
1038means limited to mask-style operations since they are based on continuous
1039floating-point mathematics rather than simple boolean operations.</p>
1040
1041<p>The following alpha blending (Duff-Porter) compose methods are available:</p>
1042
1043<table class="doc">
1044  <tbody>
1045  <tr valign="top">
1046    <th align="left" style="width: 8%">Method</th>
1047    <th align="left">Description</th>
1048  </tr>
1049
1050  <tr valign="top">
1051    <td valign="top">clear</td>
1052    <td valign="top">Both the color and the alpha of the destination are
1053        cleared. Neither the source nor the destination are used (except for
1054        destinations size and other meta-data which is always preserved.</td>
1055  </tr>
1056
1057  <tr valign="top">
1058    <td valign="top">src</td>
1059    <td valign="top">The source is copied to the destination. The destination
1060        is not used as input, though it is cleared.</td>
1061  </tr>
1062
1063  <tr valign="top">
1064    <td valign="top">dst</td>
1065    <td valign="top">The destination is left untouched. The source image is
1066        completely ignored.</td>
1067  </tr>
1068
1069  <tr valign="top">
1070    <td valign="top">src-over</td>
1071    <td valign="top">The source is composited over the destination. this is
1072       the default alpha blending compose method, when neither the compose
1073       setting is set, nor is set in the image meta-data.</td>
1074  </tr>
1075
1076  <tr valign="top">
1077    <td valign="top">dst-over</td>
1078    <td valign="top">The destination is composited over the source and the
1079        result replaces the destination.</td>
1080  </tr>
1081
1082  <tr valign="top">
1083    <td valign="top">src-in</td>
1084    <td valign="top">The part of the source lying inside of the destination
1085        replaces the destination.</td>
1086  </tr>
1087
1088  <tr valign="top">
1089    <td valign="top">dst-in</td>
1090    <td valign="top">The part of the destination lying inside of the source
1091        replaces the destination. Areas not overlaid are cleared.</td>
1092  </tr>
1093
1094  <tr valign="top">
1095    <td valign="top">src-out</td>
1096    <td valign="top">The part of the source lying outside of the destination
1097        replaces the destination.</td>
1098  </tr>
1099
1100  <tr valign="top">
1101    <td valign="top">dst-out</td>
1102    <td valign="top">The part of the destination lying outside of the source
1103        replaces the destination.</td>
1104  </tr>
1105
1106  <tr valign="top">
1107    <td valign="top">src-atop</td>
1108    <td valign="top">The part of the source lying inside of the destination is
1109        composited onto the destination.</td>
1110  </tr>
1111
1112  <tr valign="top">
1113    <td valign="top">dst-atop</td>
1114    <td valign="top">The part of the destination lying inside of the source is
1115        composited over the source and replaces the destination. Areas not
1116        overlaid are cleared. </td>
1117  </tr>
1118
1119  <tr valign="top">
1120    <td valign="top">xor</td>
1121    <td valign="top">The part of the source that lies outside of the
1122        destination is combined with the part of the destination that lies
1123        outside of the source.  Source or Destination, but not both. </td>
1124  </tr>
1125
1126  </tbody>
1127</table>
1128
1129<p>Any of the 'Src-*' methods can also be specified without the 'Src-' part.
1130For example the defaul compose method can be specified as just 'Over'.</p>
1131
1132
1133<p>The following mathemathical composition methods are also available. </p>
1134
1135<p>Typically these use the default 'Over' alpha blending when transparencies
1136are also involved, except for 'Plus', 'Minus', 'Add', and 'Subtract', which
1137also composes the alpha channel using the same process as the color channels.
1138This allows them to be used for special image masking techniques. </p>
1139
1140<table class="doc">
1141  <tbody>
1142  <tr valign="top">
1143    <th align="left" style="width: 8%">Method</th>
1144    <th align="left">Description</th>
1145  </tr>
1146
1147  <tr valign="top">
1148    <td valign="top">multiply</td>
1149    <td valign="top">The source is multiplied by the destination and replaces the destination. The resultant color is always at least as dark as either of the two constituent colors. Multiplying any color with black produces black. Multiplying any color with white leaves the original color unchanged.</td>
1150  </tr>
1151
1152  <tr valign="top">
1153    <td valign="top">screen</td>
1154    <td valign="top">The source and destination are complemented and then multiplied and then replace the destination. The resultant color is always at least as light as either of the two constituent colors. Screening any color with white produces white. Screening any color with black leaves the original color unchanged.</td>
1155  </tr>
1156
1157  <tr valign="top">
1158    <td valign="top">plus</td>
1159    <td valign="top">The source is added to the destination and replaces the
1160        destination. This operator is useful for averaging or a controled
1161        merger of two images, rather than a direct overlay.</td>
1162  </tr>
1163
1164  <tr valign="top">
1165    <td valign="top">add</td>
1166    <td valign="top">As per 'plus' but transparency data is treated as matte
1167        values. As such any transparent areas in either image remain
1168        transparent. </td>
1169  </tr>
1170
1171  <tr valign="top">
1172    <td valign="top">minus</td>
1173    <td valign="top">Subtract the colors in the source image from the
1174        destination image. When transparency is involved, opaque areas is
1175        subtracted from any destination opaque areas. </td>
1176  </tr>
1177
1178  <tr valign="top">
1179    <td valign="top">subtract</td>
1180    <td valign="top">Subtract the colors in the source image from the
1181        destination image. When transparency is involved transparent areas are
1182        subtracted, so only the opaque areas in the source remain opaque in
1183        the destination image. </td>
1184  </tr>
1185
1186  <tr valign="top">
1187    <td valign="top">difference</td>
1188    <td valign="top">Subtracts the darker of the two constituent colors from
1189        the lighter. Painting with white inverts the destination color.
1190        Painting with black produces no change.</td>
1191  </tr>
1192
1193  <tr valign="top">
1194    <td valign="top">exclusion</td>
1195    <td valign="top">Produces an effect similar to that of 'difference', but
1196        appears as lower contrast.  Painting with white inverts the
1197        destination color. Painting with black produces no change.</td>
1198  </tr>
1199
1200  <tr valign="top">
1201    <td valign="top">darken</td>
1202    <td valign="top">Selects the darker of the destination and source colors.
1203        The destination is replaced with the source when the source is darker,
1204        otherwise it is left unchanged.</td>
1205  </tr>
1206
1207  <tr valign="top">
1208    <td valign="top">lighten</td>
1209    <td valign="top">Selects the lighter of the destination and source colors.
1210        The destination is replaced with the source when the source is
1211        lighter, otherwise it is left unchanged. </td>
1212  </tr>
1213
1214  <tr valign="top">
1215    <td valign="top">linear-dodge</td>
1216    <td valign="top">This is equivelent to 'Plus' in that the color channels
1217        are simply added, however it does not 'Plus' the alpha channel, but
1218        uses the normal 'Over' alpha blending, which transparencies are
1219        involved.  Produces a sort of additive multiply-like result. Added
1220        ImageMagick version 6.5.4-3. </td>
1221  </tr>
1222
1223  <tr valign="top">
1224    <td valign="top">linear-burn</td>
1225    <td valign="top">As 'Linear-Dodge', but also subtract one from the result.
1226        Sort of a additive 'Screen' of the images.  Added ImageMagick version
1227        6.5.4-3. </td>
1228  </tr>
1229
1230  <tr valign="top">
1231    <td valign="top">color-dodge</td>
1232    <td valign="top">Brightens the destination color to reflect the source
1233        color. Painting with black produces no change.</td>
1234  </tr>
1235
1236  <tr valign="top">
1237    <td valign="top">color-burn</td>
1238    <td valign="top">Darkens the destination color to reflect the source
1239        color.  Painting with white produces no change. Fixed in ImageMagick
1240        version 6.5.4-3. </td>
1241  </tr>
1242
1243  <tr valign="top">
1244    <td valign="top">overlay</td>
1245    <td valign="top">Multiplies or screens the colors, dependent on the
1246        destination color. Source colors overlay the destination whilst
1247        preserving its highlights and shadows. The destination color is not
1248        replaced, but is mixed with the source color to reflect the lightness
1249        or darkness of the destination.</td>
1250  </tr>
1251
1252  <tr valign="top">
1253    <td valign="top">hard-light</td>
1254    <td valign="top">Multiplies or screens the colors, dependent on the source
1255        color value. If the source color is lighter than 0.5, the destination
1256        is lightened as if it were screened. If the source color is darker
1257        than 0.5, the destination is darkened, as if it were multiplied. The
1258        degree of lightening or darkening is proportional to the difference
1259        between the source color and 0.5. If it is equal to 0.5 the
1260        destination is unchanged.  Painting with pure black or white produces
1261        black or white.</td>
1262  </tr>
1263
1264
1265  <tr valign="top">
1266    <td valign="top">linear-light</td>
1267    <td valign="top">Like 'Hard-Light' but using linear-dodge and linear-burn
1268        instead.  Increases contrast slightly with an impact on the
1269        foreground's tonal values.</td>
1270  </tr>
1271
1272  <tr valign="top">
1273    <td valign="top">soft-light</td>
1274    <td valign="top">Darkens or lightens the colors, dependent on the source
1275        color value. If the source color is lighter than 0.5, the destination
1276        is lightened. If the source color is darker than 0.5, the destination
1277        is darkened, as if it were burned in. The degree of darkening or
1278        lightening is proportional to the difference between the source color
1279        and 0.5. If it is equal to 0.5, the destination is unchanged. Painting
1280        with pure black or white produces a distinctly darker or lighter area,
1281        but does not result in pure black or white. Fixed in ImageMagick
1282        version 6.5.4-3. </td>
1283  </tr>
1284
1285  <tr valign="top">
1286    <td valign="top">pegtop-light</td>
1287    <td valign="top">Almost equivelent to 'Soft-Light', but using a
1288        continuious mathematical formula rather than two conditionally
1289        selected formulae. Added ImageMagick version 6.5.4-3. </td>
1290  </tr>
1291
1292  <tr valign="top">
1293    <td valign="top">vivid-light</td>
1294    <td valign="top">A modified 'Linear-Light' designed to preserve very stong
1295        primary and secondary colors in the image. Added ImageMagick version
1296        6.5.4-3. </td>
1297  </tr>
1298
1299  <tr valign="top">
1300    <td valign="top">pin-light</td>
1301    <td valign="top">Similar to 'Hard-Light', but using sharp linear shadings,
1302        to similate the effects of a strong 'pinhole' light source. Added
1303        ImageMagick version 6.5.4-3. </td>
1304  </tr>
1305
1306  </tbody>
1307</table>
1308
1309
1310<p>Also included are these special purpose compose methods:</p>
1311
1312<table class="doc">
1313  <tbody>
1314  <tr valign="top">
1315    <th align="left" style="width: 8%">Method</th>
1316    <th align="left">Description</th>
1317  </tr>
1318
1319  <tr valign="top">
1320    <td valign="top">copy-*</td>
1321    <td valign="top">Copy the specified channel (Red, Green, Blue, Cyan,
1322        Magenta, Yellow, Black, or Opacity) in the source image to the
1323        same channel in the destination image.  If the channel specified
1324        does not exist in the source image, (which can only happen for methods,
1325        '<kbd>copy-opacity</kbd>' or '<kbd>copy-black</kbd>') then it is
1326        assumed that the source image is a special grayscale channel image
1327        of the values to be copied. </td>
1328    </tr>
1329
1330  <tr valign="top">
1331    <td valign="top">change-mask</td>
1332    <td valign="top">Replace any destination pixel that is the similar to the source images pixel (as defined by the current <a href="#fuzz">-fuzz</a> factor), with transparency. </td>
1333  </tr>
1334  </tbody>
1335</table>
1336
1337<p>On top of these composed methods are a few special ones that not only require
1338the two images that are being merged or overlaid, but have some extra numerical
1339arguments, which are tabled below. </p>
1340
1341<p>In the "<code>composite</code>" command these composition methods are
1342selected using special options with the arguments needed. They are usually,
1343but not always, the same name as the composte 'method' they use, and replaces
1344the normal use of the <a href="#compose" >-compose</a> setting in the
1345"<code>composite</code>" command.  For example... </p>
1346
1347<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>composite ... -blend 50x50 ...</span></p>
1348<p>As of IM v6.5.3-4 the "<code>convert</code>" command can now also supply
1349these extra arguments to its <a href="#composite" >-composite</a> operator,
1350using the special <a href="#set">-set</a> attribute of '<kbd class="arg">option:compose:args</kbd>'.  This means you can now make use of
1351these special argumented <a href="#compose" >-compose</a> methods, those the
1352argument and the method both need to be set separatally.  For example... </p>
1353
1354<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert ... -compose blend  -set option:compose:args 50x50  -composite ...</span></p>
1355<p>The following is a table of these special 'argumented' compose methods,
1356with a brief summary of what they do. For more details see the equivalent
1357"composite" command option name.  </p>
1358
1359<table class="doc">
1360  <tbody>
1361  <tr valign="top">
1362    <th align="left" style="width: 8%">Method</th>
1363    <th align="left">Description</th>
1364  </tr>
1365
1366  <tr valign="top">
1367    <td valign="top">dissolve</td>
1368    <td valign="top">Arguments:
1369        <em class="arg">src_percent</em>[x<em class="arg">dst_percent</em>]
1370    <br>Equivalent to "<code>composite</code>" <a href="#dissolve">-dissolve</a>
1371    <br>Dissolve the 'source' image by the percentage given before overlaying
1372        'over' the 'destination' image. If <em class="arg">src_percent</em> is
1373        greater than 100, it starts dissolving the main image so it will
1374        become transparent at a value of '<kbd class="arg">200</kbd>'.  If
1375        both percentages are given, each image are dissolved to the
1376        percentages given.
1377    </td>
1378  </tr>
1379
1380  <tr valign="top">
1381    <td valign="top">blend</td>
1382    <td valign="top">Arguments:
1383        <em class="arg">src_percent</em>[x<em class="arg">dst_percent</em>]
1384    <br>Equivalent to "<code>composite</code>" <a href="#blend">-blend</a>
1385    <br>Average the images together ('plus') according to the percentages
1386        given and each pixels transparency.  If only a single percentage value
1387        is given it sets the weight of the composite or 'source' image, while
1388        the background image is weighted by the exact opposite amount. That is
1389        a <kbd>-blend 30</kbd> merges 30% of the 'source' image with 70% of
1390        the 'destination' image.  Thus it is equivalent to <kbd>-blend
1391        30x70</kbd>.
1392    </td>
1393  </tr>
1394
1395  <tr valign="top">
1396    <td valign="top">mathematics</td>
1397    <td valign="top">Arguments: <em class="arg">A, B, C, D</em>
1398    <br>Not available in "<code>composite</code>" at this time.
1399    <br>Merge the source and destination images according to the formula
1400    <br>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;<code>A*Sc*Dc + B*Sc + C*Dc + D</code>
1401    <br>Can be used to generate a custom composition method that would
1402        otherwise need to be implemented using the slow <a href="#fx">-fx</a>
1403        DIY image operator.   Added to ImageMagick version 6.5.4-3.
1404    </td>
1405  </tr>
1406
1407  <tr valign="top">
1408    <td valign="top">modulate</td>
1409    <td valign="top">Arguments:
1410        <em class="arg">brightness</em>[x<em class="arg">saturation</em>]
1411    <br>Equivalent to "<code>composite</code>" <a href="#watermark">-watermark</a>
1412    <br>Take a grayscale image (with alpha mask) and modify the destination
1413        image's brightness according to watermark image's grayscale value and
1414        the <em class="arg">brightness</em> percentage.  The destinations
1415        color saturation attribute is just direct modified by the <em
1416        class="arg">saturation</em> percentage, which defaults to 100 percent
1417        (no color change).
1418
1419    </td>
1420  </tr>
1421
1422  <tr valign="top">
1423    <td valign="top">displace</td>
1424    <td valign="top">Arguments:
1425        <em class="arg">X-scale</em>[x<em class="arg">Y-scale</em>][!][%]
1426    <br>Equivalent to "<code>composite</code>" <a href="#displace">-displace</a>
1427    <br>With this option, the 'overlay' image, and optionally the 'mask'
1428        image, is used as a relative displacement map, which is used to
1429        displace the lookup of what part of the destination image is seen at
1430        each point of the overlaid area.  Much like the displacement map is a
1431        'lens' that distorts the original 'background' image behind it.
1432    <br><br>
1433        The X-scale is modilated by the 'red' channel of the overlay image
1434        while the Y-scale is modulated by the green channel, (the mask image
1435        if given is rolled into green channel of the overlay image. This
1436        separation allows you to modulate the X and Y lookup displacement
1437        separatally allowing you to di 2 dimentional displacements, rather
1438        than 1 dimentional verctored displacements (using grayscale image).
1439    <br><br>
1440        If the overlay image contains transparency this is used as a mask
1441        of the resulting image to remove 'invalid' pixels.
1442    <br><br>
1443        The '%' flag makes the displacement scale relative to the size of the
1444        overlay image (100% = half width/height of image). Using '!' switches
1445        percentage arguments to refer to the destination image size instead.
1446    <br><br>
1447        Special flags were added Added to ImageMagick version 6.5.3-5.
1448    </td>
1449  </tr>
1450
1451  <tr valign="top">
1452    <td valign="top">distort</td>
1453    <td valign="top">Arguments:
1454        <em class="arg">X-scale</em>[x<em class="arg">Y-scale</em
1455        >[+<em class="arg">X-center</em>+<em class="arg">Y-center</em>]][!][%]
1456    <br>Not available in "<code>composite</code>" at this time.
1457    <br>Exactly as per 'Displace' (above), but using absolute coordinates,
1458        relative to the center of the overlay (or that given).  Basically
1459        allows you to generate absolute distortion maps where 'black' will
1460        look up the left/top edge, and 'white' looks up the bottom/right
1461        edge of the destination image, according to the scale given.
1462    <br><br>
1463        The '!' flag not only switches percentage scaling, to use the
1464        destination image, but also the image the center offset of the lookup.
1465        This means the overlay can lookup a completely different region of the
1466        destination image.
1467    <br><br>
1468        Added to ImageMagick version 6.5.3-5.
1469    </td>
1470  </tr>
1471
1472  <tr valign="top">
1473    <td valign="top">blur</td>
1474    <td valign="top">Arguments:
1475        <em class="arg">Width</em>[x<em class="arg">Height</em
1476          >[+<em class="arg">Angle</em>]]
1477    <br>Equivalent to "<code>composite</code>"
1478        <a href="#blur-composite">-blur</a>
1479    <br>A Variable Blur Mapping Composition method, where each pixel in the
1480        overlaid region is replaced with an Elliptical Weighted Average (EWA),
1481        with an ellipse (typically a circle) of the given sigma size, scaled
1482        according to overlay (source image) grayscale mapping.
1483    <br><br>
1484        As per 'Displace' and 'Distort', the red channel will modulate the
1485        width of the ellipse, while the green channel will modulate the height
1486        of the ellipse.  However at this time the ellipse angle is not
1487        modulated though this may be a future posibility (perhaps with a
1488        special flag to enable use of blur channel for this purpose).
1489    <br><br>
1490        Added to ImageMagick version 6.5.4-0.
1491    </td>
1492  </tr>
1493
1494  </tbody>
1495</table>
1496
1497<p>To print a complete list of all the available compose operators, use <a href="#list">-list compose</a>.</p>
1498
1499
1500<div style="margin: auto;">
1501  <h4><a name="composite" id="composite"></a>-composite</h4>
1502</div>
1503
1504<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Perform alpha composition on the current image sequence.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
1505
1506<p>Take the first image 'destination' and overlay the second 'source' image
1507according to the current <a href="#compose">-compose</a> setting. The location
1508of the 'source' or 'overlay' image is controlled according to <a
1509href="#geometry" >-geometry</a>, and <a href="#geometry" >-geometry</a>
1510settings. </p>
1511
1512<p>If a third image is given this is treated as a gray-scale 'mask' image
1513relative to the first 'destination' image. This mask will limit what parts of
1514the destination can be modified by the image composition.  However for the
1515'<kbd>displace</kbd>' compose method, the mask is used to provide a separate
1516Y-displacement image instead. </p>
1517
1518<p>If a <a href="#compose">-compose</a> method requires extra numerical
1519arguments or flags these can be provided by setting the  <a
1520href="#set">-set</a> '<kbd class="arg">option:compose:args</kbd>'
1521appropriatally for the compose method. </p>
1522
1523<p>Some <a href="#compose">-compose</a> methods can modify the 'destination'
1524image outside the overlay area. You can disable this by setting the special <a
1525href="#set">-set</a> '<kbd class="arg">option:compose:outside-overlay</kbd>'
1526to '<kbd>false</kbd>'.  </p>
1527
1528
1529<div style="margin: auto;">
1530  <h4><a name="compress" id="compress"></a>-compress <em class="arg">type</em></h4>
1531</div>
1532
1533<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Use pixel compression specified by <em class="arg">type</em> when writing the image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
1534
1535<p>Choices are: <kbd class="arg">None</kbd>, <kbd class="arg">BZip</kbd>, <kbd class="arg">Fax</kbd>, <kbd class="arg">Group4</kbd>, <kbd class="arg">JPEG</kbd>,  <kbd class="arg">JPEG2000</kbd>, <kbd class="arg">Lossless</kbd>, <kbd class="arg">LZW</kbd>, <kbd class="arg">RLE</kbd> or <kbd class="arg">Zip</kbd>.</p>
1536
1537<p>To print a complete list of compression types, use <a href="#list">-list compress</a>.</p>
1538
1539<p>Specify <a href="#compress">+compress</a> to store the binary image in an uncompressed format. The default is the compression type of the specified image file.</p>
1540
1541<p>If <kbd>LZW</kbd> compression is specified but LZW compression has not been enabled, the image data is written in an uncompressed LZW format that can be read by LZW decoders. This may result in larger-than-expected GIF files.</p>
1542
1543<p><kbd>Lossless</kbd> refers to lossless JPEG, which is only available if the JPEG library has been patched to support it. Use of lossless JPEG is generally not recommended.</p>
1544
1545<p>Use the <a href="#quality">-quality</a> option to set the compression level to be used by JPEG, PNG, MIFF, and MPEG encoders. Use the <a href="#sampling-factor">-sampling-factor</a> option to set the sampling factor to be used by JPEG, MPEG, and YUV encoders for down-sampling the chroma channels.</p>
1546
1547<div style="margin: auto;">
1548  <h4><a name="contrast" id="contrast"></a>-contrast</h4>
1549</div>
1550
1551<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Enhance or reduce the image contrast.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
1552
1553<p>This option enhances the intensity differences between the lighter and darker elements of the image. Use <a href="#contrast">-contrast</a> to enhance the image or <a href="#contrast">+contrast</a> to reduce the image contrast.</p>
1554
1555<p>For a more pronounced effect you can repeat the option:</p>
1556
1557<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert rose: -contrast -contrast rose_c2.png</span></p>
1558<div style="margin: auto;">
1559  <h4><a name="contrast-stretch" id="contrast-stretch"></a>-contrast-stretch <em class="arg">black-point</em><br />-contrast-stretch <em class="arg">black-point</em>{x<em class="arg">white-point</em>}{<em class="arg">%</em>}}</h4>
1560</div>
1561
1562<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Increase the contrast in an image by <em>stretching</em> the range of intensity values.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
1563
1564<p>While performing the stretch, black-out at most <em class="arg">black-point</em> pixels and white-out at most <em class="arg">white-point</em> pixels. Or, if percent is used, black-out at most <em class="arg">black-point %</em> pixels and white-out at most <em class="arg">white-point %</em> pixels.</p>
1565
1566<p>Prior to ImageMagick 6.4.7-0, <a href="#contrast-stretch">-contrast-stretch</a> will black-out at most <em class="arg">black-point</em> pixels and white-out at most <em class="arg">total pixels minus white-point</em> pixels. Or, if percent is used, black-out at most <em class="arg">black-point %</em> pixels and white-out at most <em class="arg">100% minus white-point %</em> pixels.</p>
1567
1568<p>Note that <kbd>-contrast-stretch 0</kbd> will modify the image such that the image's
1569min and max values are stretched to 0 and <em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>, respectively, without any loss of data due to burn-out at either end. This is not the same as <a href="#normalize">-normalize</a>, which is equivalent to <kbd>-contrast-stretch 2%x1%</kbd> (or prior to ImageMagick 6.4.7-0, <kbd>-contrast-stretch 2%x99%</kbd>).</p>
1570
1571<p>The channels are stretched in concert.  Specify <a href="#channel">-channel</a> to normalize the RGB channels individually.</p>
1572
1573
1574<div style="margin: auto;">
1575  <h4><a name="convolve" id="convolve"></a>-convolve <em class="arg">kernel</em></h4>
1576</div>
1577
1578<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Convolve an image with a user-supplied convolution kernel.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
1579
1580<p>The <em class="arg">kernel</em> is a square matrix specified as a comma-separated list of integers (with no spaces), ordered left-to right, starting with the top row. Presently, only odd-dimensioned kernels are supported, and therefore the number of entries in the specified <em class="arg">kernel</em> must be 3<sup>2</sup>=9, 5<sup>2</sup>=25, 7<sup>2</sup>=49, etc. </p>
1581
1582<p>Note that the <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#convolve">&#x2011;convolve</a> operator supports the <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#bias">&#x2011;bias</a> setting. This option shifts the convolution so that positive and negative results are relative to a user-specified bias value. This is important for non-HDRI compilations of ImageMagick when dealing with convolutions that contain negative as well as positive values. This is especially the case with convolutions involving high pass filters or edge detection. Without an output bias, the negative values is clipped at zero.
1583</p>
1584
1585<p>When using an ImageMagick with the HDRI compile-time setting, <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#bias">&#x2011;bias</a> is not needed,
1586as ImageMagick is able to store/handle any negative results without
1587clipping to the color value range (0..QuantumRange).</p>
1588
1589<p>See the discussion on HDRI implementations of ImageMagick on the page
1590<a href="/www/high-dynamic-range.html">High Dynamic-Range Images</a>. For more about HDRI go the ImageMagick <a href="http://www.imagemagick.org/Usage/basics/#hdri">Usage</a> pages or this <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/High_dynamic_range_imaging">Wikipedia</a> entry.
1591</p>
1592
1593<div style="margin: auto;">
1594  <h4><a name="crop" id="crop"></a>-crop <em class="arg">geometry</em></h4>
1595</div>
1596
1597<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Cut out one or more rectangular regions of the image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
1598
1599<p>See <a href="/www/command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
1600
1601<p>The <em class="arg">width</em> and <em class="arg">height</em> of the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument give the size of the image that remains after cropping, and <em class="arg">x</em> and <em class="arg">y</em> in the <em class="arg">offset</em> (if present) gives the location of the top left corner of the cropped image with respect to the original image. To specify the amount to be removed, use <a href="#shave">-shave</a> instead.</p>
1602
1603<p>If the <em class="arg">x</em> and <em class="arg">y</em> offsets are present, a single image is generated, consisting of the pixels from the cropping region. The offsets specify the location of the upper left corner of the cropping region measured downward and rightward with respect to the upper left corner of the image. If the <a href="#gravity">-gravity</a> option is present with <kbd>NorthEast</kbd>, <kbd>East</kbd>, or <kbd>SouthEast</kbd> gravity, it gives the distance leftward from the right edge of the image to the right edge of the cropping region. Similarly, if the <a href="#gravity">-gravity</a> option is present with <kbd>SouthWest</kbd>, <kbd>South</kbd>, or <kbd>SouthEast</kbd> gravity, the distance is measured upward between the bottom edges.</p>
1604
1605<p>If the <em class="arg">x</em> and <em class="arg">y</em> offsets are omitted, a set of tiles of the specified geometry, covering the entire input image, is generated. The rightmost tiles and the bottom tiles are smaller if the specified geometry extends beyond the dimensions of the input image.</p>
1606
1607<p>By adding a exclamation character flag to the geometry argument, the
1608cropped images virtual canvas page size and offset is set as if the
1609geometry argument was a viewport or window. This means the canvas page size
1610is set to exactly the same size you specified, the image offset set
1611relative top left corner of the region cropped. </p>
1612
1613<p>If the cropped image 'missed' the actual image on its virtual canvas, a
1614special single pixel transparent 'missed' image is returned, and a 'crop
1615missed' warning given. </p>
1616
1617
1618<div style="margin: auto;">
1619  <h4><a name="cycle" id="cycle"></a>-cycle <em class="arg">amount</em></h4>
1620</div>
1621
1622<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>displace image colormap by amount.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
1623
1624<p><em class="arg">Amount</em> defines the number of positions each
1625colormap entry is shifted.</p>
1626
1627
1628<div style="margin: auto;">
1629  <h4><a name="debug" id="debug"></a>-debug <em class="arg">events</em></h4>
1630</div>
1631
1632<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>enable debug printout.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
1633
1634<p>The <kbd>events</kbd> parameter specifies which events are to be logged. It can be either <kbd>None</kbd>, <kbd>All</kbd>, <kbd>Trace</kbd>, or a comma-separated list consisting of one or more of the following domains: <kbd>Annotate</kbd>, <kbd>Blob</kbd>, <kbd>Cache</kbd>, <kbd>Coder</kbd>, <kbd>Configure</kbd>, <kbd>Deprecate</kbd>, <kbd>Exception</kbd>, <kbd>Locale</kbd>, <kbd>Render</kbd>, <kbd>Resource</kbd>, <kbd>Security</kbd>, <kbd>TemporaryFile</kbd>, <kbd>Transform</kbd>, <kbd>X11</kbd>, or <kbd>User</kbd>. </p>
1635
1636
1637<p>For example, to log cache and blob events, use.</p>
1638
1639<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert -debug "Cache,Blob" rose: rose.png</span></p>
1640<p>The <kbd>User</kbd> domain is normally empty, but developers can log user events in their private copy of ImageMagick.</p>
1641
1642<p>To print the complete list of debug methods, use <a href="#list">-list debug</a>.</p>
1643
1644<p>Use the <a href="#log">-log</a> option to specify the format for debugging output.</p>
1645
1646<p>Use <a href="#debug">+debug</a> to turn off all logging.</p>
1647
1648<p>Debugging may also be set using the <kbd>MAGICK_DEBUG</kbd> <a href="/www/resources.html#environment">environment variable</a>.  The allowed values for the <kbd>MAGICK_DEBUG</kbd> environment variable are the same as for the <a href="#debug">-debug</a> option.</p>
1649
1650
1651<div style="margin: auto;">
1652  <h4><a name="decipher" id="decipher"></a>-decipher <em class="arg">filename</em></h4>
1653</div>
1654
1655<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Decipher and restore pixels that were previously transformed by <a href="#encipher">-encipher</a>.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
1656
1657<p>Get the passphrase from the file specified by <em class="arg">filename</em>.</p>
1658
1659<p>For more information, see the webpage, <a href="http://www.imagemagick.org/www/cipher.html">ImageMagick: Encipher or Decipher an Image</a>.</p>
1660
1661
1662<div style="margin: auto;">
1663  <h4><a name="deconstruct" id="deconstruct"></a>-deconstruct</h4>
1664</div>
1665
1666<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>find areas that has changed between images </td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
1667
1668<p>Given a sequence of images all the same size, such as produced by <a href="#coalesce">-coalesce</a>, replace the second and later images, with a smaller image of just the area that changed relative to the previous image. </p>
1669
1670<p>The resulting sequence of images can be used to optimize an animation sequence, though will not work correctly for GIF animations when parts of the animation can go from opaque to transparent. </p>
1671
1672<p>This option is actually equivalent to the  <a href="#layers">-layers</a> method '<kbd>compare-any</kbd>'. </p>
1673
1674
1675<div style="margin: auto;">
1676  <h4><a name="define" id="define"></a>-define <em class="arg">key</em>{<em class="arg">=value</em>}<em class="arg">...</em></h4>
1677</div>
1678
1679<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>add coder/decoder specific options.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
1680
1681<p>This option creates one or more definitions for coders and decoders to use while reading and writing image data.  Definitions may be passed to coders and decoders to control options that are specific to certain image formats. If <em class="arg">value</em> is missing for a definition, an empty-valued definition of a flag is created with that name. This used to control on/off options.  Use <a href="#define">+define key</a> to remove definitions previously created. Use <a href="#define">+define "*"</a> to remove all existing definitions.</p>
1682
1683<p>The following definitions may be created:</p>
1684
1685<ul>
1686<dt>jp2:rate=value</dt>
1687  <dd>Specify the compression factor to use while writing JPEG-2000 files. The compression factor is the reciprocal of the compression ratio. The valid range is 0.0 to 1.0, with 1.0 indicating lossless compression. If defined, this value overrides the -quality setting.  A quality setting of 75 results in a rate value of 0.06641.</dd><br />
1688<dt>mng:need-cacheoff</dt>
1689  <dd>turn playback caching off for streaming MNG.</dd><br />
1690<dt>png:bit-depth=value</dt>
1691<dt>png:color-type=value</dt>
1692  <dd>desired bit-depth and color-type for PNG output.  You can force the PNG encoder to use a different bit-depth and color-type than it would have normally selected, but only if this does not cause any loss of image quality. Any attempt to reduce image quality is treated as an error and no PNG file is written.  E.g., if you have a 1-bit black-and-white image, you can use these "defines" to cause it to be written as an 8-bit grayscale, indexed, or even a 64-bit RGBA.  But if you have a 16-million color image, you cannot force it to be written as a grayscale or indexed PNG.  If you wish to do this, you must use the appropriate <a href="#depth">-depth</a>, <a href="#colors">-colors</a>, or <a href="#type">-type</a> directives to reduce the image quality prior to using the PNG encoder. Note that in indexed PNG files, "bit-depth" refers to the number of bits per index, which can range from 1 to 8.  In such files, the color samples always have 8-bit depth.</dd><br />
1693<dt>ps:imagemask</dt>
1694  <dd>If the ps:imagemask flag is defined, the PS3 and EPS3 coders will create Postscript files that render bilevel images with the Postscript imagemask operator instead of the image operator.</dd>
1695</ul>
1696
1697<p>For example, to create a postscript file that will render only the black pixels of a bilevel image, use:</p>
1698
1699<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert bilevel.tif -define ps:imagemask eps3:stencil.ps</span></p>
1700<p>Set attributes of the image registry by prefixing the value with <kbd>registry:</kbd>.  For example, to set a temporary path to put work files, use:</p>
1701
1702<p class="crtsnip">
1703-define registry:temporary-path=/data/tmp
1704</p>
1705
1706<div style="margin: auto;">
1707  <h4><a name="delay" id="delay"></a>-delay <em class="arg">ticks</em> <br />-delay <em class="arg">ticks</em>x<em class="arg">ticks-per-second</em> {<em class="arg">&lt;</em>} {<em class="arg">&gt;</em>}</h4>
1708</div>
1709
1710<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>display the next image after pausing.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
1711
1712<p>This option is useful for regulating the animation of image sequences <em>ticks/ticks-per-second</em> seconds must expire before the display of the next image. The default is no delay between each showing of the image sequence.  The default ticks-per-second is 100.</p>
1713
1714<p>Use <kbd>&gt;</kbd> to change the image delay <em>only</em> if its current value exceeds the given delay. <kbd>&lt;</kbd> changes the image delay <em>only</em> if current value is less than the given delay.  For example, if you specify <kbd>30&gt;</kbd> and the image delay is 20, the image delay does not change. However, if the image delay is 40 or 50, the delay it is changed to 30. Enclose the given delay in quotation marks to prevent the <kbd>&lt;</kbd> or <kbd>&gt;</kbd> from being interpreted by your shell as a file redirection.</p>
1715
1716
1717<div style="margin: auto;">
1718  <h4><a name="delete" id="delete"></a>-delete <em class="arg">index</em></h4>
1719</div>
1720
1721<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>delete the image, specified by its index, from the image sequence.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
1722
1723<p>Specify the image by its index in the sequence.  The first image is index 0.  Negative indexes are relative to the end of the sequence, for example, -1 represents the last image of the sequence.  Specify a range of images with a dash (e.g. 0-4).  Separate indexes with a comma (e.g. 0,2).  Use <kbd>+delete</kbd> to delete the last image in the current image sequence.</p>
1724
1725
1726<div style="margin: auto;">
1727  <h4><a name="density" id="density"></a>-density <em class="arg">width</em><br />-density <em class="arg">width</em>x<em class="arg">height</em></h4>
1728</div>
1729
1730<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Set the horizontal and vertical resolution of an image for rendering to devices.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
1731
1732<p>This option specifies the image resolution to store while encoding a raster image or the canvas resolution while rendering (reading) vector formats such as Postscript, PDF, WMF, and SVG into a raster image. Image resolution provides the unit of measure to apply when rendering to an output device or raster image. The default unit of measure is in dots per inch (DPI). The <a href="#units">-units</a> option may be used to select dots per centimeter instead.</p>
1733
1734<p>The default resolution is 72 dots per inch, which is equivalent to one point per pixel (Macintosh and Postscript standard). Computer screens are normally 72 or 96 dots per inch, while printers typically support 150, 300, 600, or 1200 dots per inch. To determine the resolution of your display, use a ruler to measure the width of your screen in inches, and divide by the number of horizontal pixels (1024 on a 1024x768 display).</p>
1735
1736<p>If the file format supports it, this option may be used to update the stored image resolution. Note that Photoshop stores and obtains image resolution from a proprietary embedded profile. If this profile is not stripped from the image, then Photoshop will continue to treat the image using its former resolution, ignoring the image resolution specified in the standard file header.</p>
1737
1738<p>The <a href="#density">-density</a> option sets an <em>attribute</em> and does not alter the underlying raster image. It may be used to adjust the rendered size for desktop publishing purposes by adjusting the scale applied to the pixels. To resize the image so that it is the same size at a different resolution, use the <a href="#resample">-resample</a> option.</p>
1739
1740<div style="margin: auto;">
1741  <h4><a name="depth" id="depth"></a>-depth <em class="arg">value</em></h4>
1742</div>
1743
1744<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>depth of the image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
1745
1746<p>This the number of bits in a color sample within a pixel.  Use this option to specify the depth of raw images whose depth is unknown such as GRAY, RGB, or CMYK, or to change the depth of any image after it has been read.</p>
1747
1748<div style="margin: auto;">
1749  <h4><a name="descend" id="descend"></a>-descend</h4>
1750</div>
1751
1752<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>obtain image by descending window hierarchy.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
1753
1754<div style="margin: auto;">
1755  <h4><a name="deskew" id="deskew"></a>-deskew <em class="arg">threshold</em></h4>
1756</div>
1757
1758<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>straighten an image.  A threshold of 40% works for most images.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
1759
1760<p>Use <a href="#set">-set</a> <kbd>option:deskew:auto-crop <em>width</em></kbd> to auto crop the image.  The set argument is the pixel width of the image background (e.g 40).</p>
1761
1762<div style="margin: auto;">
1763  <h4><a name="despeckle" id="despeckle"></a>-despeckle</h4>
1764</div>
1765
1766<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>reduce the speckles within an image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
1767
1768<div style="margin: auto;">
1769  <h4><a name="displace" id="displace"></a>-displace <em class="arg">horizontal-scale</em><br />-displace <em class="arg">horizontal-scale</em>x<em class="arg">vertical-scale</em></h4>
1770</div>
1771
1772<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>shift image pixels as defined by a displacement map.</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/composite.html">composite</a>]</td></tr></table>
1773
1774<p>With this option, the 'overlay' image, and optionally the 'mask' image,
1775will be used as a displacement map, which is used to displace the lookup of
1776what part of the 'background' image is seen at each point of the overlaid
1777area.  Much like the displacement map is a 'lens' that redirects light shining
1778through it so as to present a distorted view the original 'background' image
1779behind it. </p>
1780
1781<p>Any perfect grey areas of the displacement map produce a zero
1782displacement of the image. Black areas produce the given maximum negative
1783displacement of the lookup point, while white produce a maximum positive
1784displacement of the lookup. </p>
1785
1786<p>Note that it is the lookup of the 'background' that is displaced, not a
1787displacement of the image itself. As such an area of the displacement map
1788containing 'white' will have the lookup point 'shifted' by a positive amount,
1789and thus generating a copy of the destination image to the right/downward from
1790the correct position.  That is the image will look like it may have been
1791'shifted' in a negative left/upward direction.  Understanding this is a very
1792important in understanding how displacement maps work.  </p>
1793
1794<p>The given arguments define the maximum amount of displacement in pixels
1795that a particular map can produce. If the displacement scale is large enough
1796it is also posible to lookup parts of the 'background' image that lie well
1797outside the bounds of the displacement map itself.  That is you could very
1798easilly copy a section of the original image from outside the overlay area
1799into the overlay area. </p>
1800
1801<p>The '%' flag makes the displacement scale relative to the size of the
1802overlay image (100% = half width/height of image). Using '!' switches
1803percentage arguments to refer to the destination image size instead.
1804these flags were added as of IM v6.5.3-5.</p>
1805
1806<p>Normally a single grayscale displacement map is provided, which with the
1807given scaling values will determine a single direction (vector) in which
1808displacements can occur (positivally or negativally).  However, if you also
1809specify a third image which is normally used as a <em class="arg">mask</em>,
1810then the <em class="arg">composite image</em> will be used for horizontal X
1811displacement, while the <em class="arg">mask image</em> is used for vertical Y
1812displacement.  This allows you to define completely different displacement
1813values for the X and Y directions, and allowing you to lookup any point within
1814the  <em class="arg">scale</em> bounds.  In other words each pixel can lookup
1815any other nearby pixel, producing complex 2 dimentional displacements, rather
1816than a simple 1 dimentional vector displacements. </p>
1817
1818<p>Alternativally rather than suppling two separate images, as of IM v6.4.4-0,
1819you can use the 'red' channel of the overlay image to specify the horizontal
1820or X displacement, and the 'green' channel for the vertical or Y displacement.
1821</p>
1822
1823<p>As of IM v6.5.3-5 any alpha channel in the overlay image will be used as a
1824mask the transparency of the destination image. However areas outside the
1825overlaid areas will not be effected. </p>
1826
1827
1828<div style="margin: auto;">
1829  <h4><a name="display" id="display"></a>-display <em class="arg">host:display[.screen]</em></h4>
1830</div>
1831
1832<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Specifies the X server to contact.</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/animate.html">animate</a>, <a href="/www/display.html">display</a>]</td></tr></table>
1833
1834<p>This option is used with convert for obtaining image or font from this X server. See <em class="arg">X(1)</em>.</p>
1835
1836<div style="margin: auto;">
1837  <h4><a name="dispose" id="dispose"></a>-dispose <em class="arg">method</em></h4>
1838</div>
1839
1840<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>define the GIF disposal image setting for images that are being created or read in. </td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
1841
1842<p>The layer disposal method defines the way each the displayed image is to be
1843modified after the current 'frame' of an animation has finished being
1844displayed (after its 'delay' period), but before the next frame on an
1845animation is to be overlaid onto the display. </p>
1846
1847<p>Here are the valid methods:</p>
1848
1849<pre class="text">
1850Undefined   0  No disposal specified (equivalent to '<kbd>none</kbd>').
1851None        1  Do not dispose, just overlay next frame image.
1852Background  2  Clear the frame area with the background color.
1853Previous    3  Clear to the image prior to this frames overlay.
1854</pre>
1855
1856<p>You can also use the numbers given above, which is what the GIF format
1857uses internally to represent the above settings. </p>
1858
1859<p>To print a complete list of dispose methods, use <a href="#list">-list dipose</a>.</p>
1860
1861<p>Use <a href="#dispose" >+dispose</a>, turn off the setting and prevent
1862resetting the layer disposal methods of images being read in. </p>
1863
1864<p>Use <a href="#set">-set</a> '<kbd>dispose</kbd>' method to set the image
1865disposal method for images already in memory.</p>
1866
1867<div style="margin: auto;">
1868  <h4><a name="dissimilarity-threshold" id="dissimilarity-threshold"></a>-dissimilarity-threshold <em class="arg">value</em></h4>
1869</div>
1870
1871<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>maximum RMSE for subimage match (default 0.2).</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/compare.html">compare</a>]</td></tr></table>
1872
1873
1874<div style="margin: auto;">
1875  <h4><a name="dissolve" id="dissolve"></a>-dissolve <em class="arg">src_percent</em>[x<em class="arg">dst_percent</em>]</h4>
1876</div>
1877
1878<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>dissolve an image into another by the given percent.</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/composite.html">composite</a>]</td></tr></table>
1879
1880<p>The opacity of the composite image is multiplied by the given percent, then
1881it is composited 'over' the main image.  If <em class="arg">src_percent</em>
1882is greater than 100, start dissolving the main image so it will become
1883transparent at a value of '<kbd class="arg">200</kbd>'.  If both percentages
1884are given, each image are dissolved to the percentages given. </p>
1885
1886<p>Note that dissolve percentages do not add, two opaque images dissolved
1887'50,50', produce a 75% transparency. For a 50% + 50% blending of the two
1888images, you would need to use dissolve values of '50,100'.  </p>
1889
1890<div style="margin: auto;">
1891  <h4><a name="distort" id="distort"></a>-distort <em class="arg">method arguments</em></h4>
1892</div>
1893
1894<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>distort an image, using the given <em class="arg">method</em> and its required <em class="arg">arguments</em>.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
1895
1896<p>The <em class="arg">arguments</em> is a single string containing a list
1897of floating point numbers separated by commas or spaces.  The number of
1898and meaning of the floating point values depends on the distortion <em
1899class="arg">method</em> being used. </p>
1900
1901<p>Choose from these distortion types:</p>
1902
1903<table class="doc">
1904  <tr valign="top">
1905    <th align="left" style="width: 8%">Method</th>
1906    <th align="left">Description</th>
1907  </tr>
1908
1909  <tr valign="top">
1910    <td valign="top"><kbd>ScaleRotateTranslate</kbd>&nbsp;&nbsp;
1911    <br/>or &nbsp; <kbd>SRT</kbd></td>
1912    <td valign="top">
1913       Distort image by first scaling and rotating about a given 'center',
1914       before translating that 'center' to the new location, in that order. It
1915       is an alternative method of specifying a '<kbd>Affine</kbd>' type of
1916       distortion, but without shearing effects.  It also provides a good way
1917       of rotating and displacing a smaller image for tiling onto a larger
1918       background (IE 2-dimensional animations). <br/>
1919
1920       The number of arguments determine the specific meaning of each
1921       argument for the scales, rotation, and translation operations. <br/>
1922
1923       <table style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;">
1924       <tr><td># &nbsp;</td><td>arguments meaning</td></tr>
1925       <tr><td>1:</td><td><em>Angle_of_Rotation</em></td></tr>
1926       <tr><td>2:</td><td><em>Scale &nbsp; Angle</em></td></tr>
1927       <tr><td>3:</td><td><em>ScaleX,ScaleY &nbsp; Angle</em></td></tr>
1928       <tr><td>4:</td><td><em>X,Y &nbsp; Scale &nbsp; Angle</em></td></tr>
1929       <tr><td>5:</td>
1930           <td><em>X,Y &nbsp; ScaleX,ScaleY &nbsp; Angle</em></td></tr>
1931       <tr><td>6:</td>
1932           <td><em>X,Y &nbsp; Scale &nbsp; Angle &nbsp; NewX,NewY</em></td></tr>
1933       <tr><td>7:</td>
1934           <td><em>X,Y &nbsp; ScaleX,ScaleY &nbsp; Angle
1935                   &nbsp; NewX,NewY</em></td></tr>
1936       </table>
1937
1938       This is actually an alternative way of specifing a 2 dimensional linear
1939       '<kbd>Affine</kbd>' or '<kbd>AffineProjection</kbd>' distortion.  </td> </tr>
1940
1941  <tr valign="top">
1942    <td valign="top"><kbd>Affine</kbd></td>
1943    <td valign="top">
1944       Distort the image linearly by moving a list of at least 3 or more sets
1945       of control points (as defined below).  Idealy 3 sets or 12 floating
1946       point values are given allowing the image to be linearly scaled,
1947       rotated, sheared, and translated, according to those three points. See
1948       also the related '<kbd>AffineProjection</kbd>' and '<kbd>SRT</kbd>'
1949       distortions. <br/>
1950
1951       More than 3 sets given control point pairs (12 numbers) is least
1952       squares fitted to best match a lineary affine distortion. If only 2
1953       control point pairs (8 numbers) are given a two point image translation
1954       rotation and scaling is performed, without any posible  shearing,
1955       flipping or changes in aspect ratio to the resulting image. If only one
1956       control point pair is provides the image is only translated, (which may
1957       be a floating point non-integer translation). <br/>
1958
1959       This distortion does not include any form of perspective distortion.
1960       </td>
1961
1962  </tr>
1963
1964  <tr valign="top">
1965    <td valign="top"><kbd>AffineProjection</kbd></td>
1966    <td valign="top">
1967       Linearly distort an image using the given Affine Matrix of 6
1968       pre-calculated coefficients forming a set of Affine Equations to map
1969       the source image to the destination image.
1970
1971       <div style="text-align: center"><em>
1972       s<sub>x</sub>, r<sub>x</sub>,
1973       r<sub>y</sub>, s<sub>y</sub>,
1974       t<sub>x</sub>, t<sub>y</sub>
1975       </em></div>
1976
1977       See <a href="#affine" >-affine</a> setting for more detail, and
1978       meanings of these coefficients. <br/>
1979
1980       The distortions '<kbd>Affine</kbd>' and '<kbd>SRT</kbd>' provide
1981       alternative methods of defining this distortion, with ImageMagick doing the
1982       calculations needed to generate the required coefficients. You can see
1983       the internally generated coefficients, by using a <a href="#verbose"
1984       >-verbose</a> setting.  </td>
1985
1986  </tr>
1987
1988<!--  still under development, do not display - Anthony
1989  <tr valign="top">
1990    <td valign="top"><kbd>Bilinear</kbd></td>
1991    <td valign="top">
1992       Bilinear (reversed) Distortion, given a minimum of 4 sets of
1993       coordinate pairs, or 16 values (see below). Not that lines may not
1994       appear straight after distortion, though the distance between
1995       coordinates will remain consistant. </td>
1996  </tr>
1997-->
1998
1999  <tr valign="top">
2000    <td valign="top"><kbd>Perspective</kbd></td>
2001    <td valign="top">
2002       Perspective distort the images, using a list of 4 or more sets of
2003       control points (as defined below).  More that 4 sets (16 numbers) of
2004       control points provide least squares fitting for more accurate
2005       distortions (for the purposes of image registration and panarama
2006       effects).  Less than 4 sets will fall back to a '<kbd>Affine</kbd>'
2007       linear distortion.  <br/>
2008
2009       Perspective Distorted images ensures that straight lines remain
2010       straight, but the scale of the distorted image will vary. The horizon
2011       is anti-aliased, and the 'sky' color may be set using the
2012       <a href="#mattecolor" >-mattecolor</a> setting. </td>
2013  </tr>
2014
2015  <tr valign="top">
2016    <td valign="top"><kbd>PerspectiveProjection</kbd>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
2017    <td valign="top">
2018       Do a '<kbd>Perspective</kbd>' distortion basied on a set of 8
2019       pre-calculated coefficients. You can get these coefficients by looking
2020       at the <a href="#verbose" >-verbose</a> output of a
2021       '<kbd>Prespective</kbd>' distortion, or by calculating them yourself.
2022       If the last two perspective scaling coefficients are zero, the
2023       remaining 6 represents a transposed 'Affine Matrix'. </td>
2024
2025  </tr>
2026
2027  <tr valign="top">
2028    <td valign="top"><kbd>Arc</kbd></td>
2029    <td valign="top">
2030       Arc the image (variation of polar mapping) over the angle given around
2031       a circle. <br/>
2032       <table width="90%" style = "margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
2033       <tr valign="top"><td>Argument</td>
2034           <td>Meaning</td></tr>
2035       <tr valign="top"><td><em>arc_angle</em></td>
2036           <td>The angle over which to arc the image side-to-side</td></tr>
2037       <tr valign="top"><td><em>rotate_angle</em></td>
2038           <td>Angle to rotate resulting image from vertical center</td></tr>
2039       <tr valign="top"><td><em>top_radius</em></td>
2040           <td>Set top edge of source image at this radius</td></tr>
2041       <tr valign="top"><td><em>bottom_radius</em>&nbsp;</td>
2042           <td>Set bottom edge to this radius (radial scaling)</td></tr>
2043       </table>
2044
2045       The resulting image is always resized to best fit the resulting image,
2046       (as if using <a href="#distort" >+distort</a>) while attempting to
2047       preserve scale and aspect ratio of the original image as much as
2048       possible with the arguments given by the user. All four arguments will
2049       be needed to change the overall aspect ratio of an 'Arc'ed image. <br/>
2050
2051       This a variation of a polar distortion designed to try to preserve the
2052       aspect ratio of the image rather than direct Cartesian to Polar
2053       conversion. </td>
2054  </tr>
2055
2056  <tr valign="top">
2057    <td valign="top"><kbd>Polar</kbd></td>
2058    <td valign="top">
2059       Like '<kbd>Arc</kbd>' but do a complete Cartesian to Polar mapping of
2060       the image. that is the height of the input image is mapped to the
2061       radius limits, while the width is wrapped around between the
2062       angle limits. <br/>
2063
2064       Arguments: <em>Rmax,Rmin CenterX,CenterY, start,end_angle</em> <br/>
2065
2066       All arguments are optional. With <em>Rmin</em> defaulting to zero, the
2067       center to the center of the image, and the angles going from -180 (top)
2068       to +180 (top).  If <em>Rmax</em> is given the special value of
2069       '<code>0</code>', the the distance from the center to the nearest edge
2070       is used for the radius of the output image, which will ensure the whole
2071       image is visible (though scaled smaller).  However a special value of
2072       '<code>-1</code>' will use the distance from the center to the furthest
2073       corner,  This may 'clip' the corners from the input rectangular image,
2074       but will generate the exact reverse of a '<kbd>DePolar</kbd>' with
2075       the same arguments. <br/>
2076
2077       If the plus form of distort (<a href="#distort" >+distort</a>) is used
2078       output image center will default to <code>0,0</code> of the virtual
2079       canvas, and the image size adjusted to ensure the whole input image is
2080       made visible in the output image on the virtual canvas. </td>
2081
2082  </tr>
2083
2084  <tr valign="top">
2085    <td valign="top"><kbd>DePolar</kbd></td>
2086    <td valign="top">
2087       Uses the same arguments and meanings as a '<kbd>Polar</kbd>' distortion
2088       but generates the reverse Polar to Cartesian distortion. <br/>
2089
2090       The special <em>Rmax</em> setting of '<code>0</code>' may however clip
2091       the corners of the input image.  However using the special
2092       <em>Rmax</em> setting of '<code>-1</code>' (maximum center to corner
2093       distance) will ensure the whole distorted image is preserved in the
2094       generated result, so that the same argument to '<kbd>Polar</kbd>' will
2095       reverse the distortion re-producing the original.
2096
2097       Note that as this distortion requires the area resampling of a circular
2098       arc, which can not be handled by the builtin EWA resampling function.
2099       As such the normal EWA filters are turned off. It is recomended some
2100       form of 'super-sampling' image processing technique be used to produce
2101       a high quality result. </td>
2102
2103  </tr>
2104
2105  <tr valign="top">
2106    <td valign="top"><kbd>Barrel</kbd></td>
2107    <td valign="top">
2108       Given the four coefficients (A,B,C,D) as defined by <a
2109       href="http://www.all-in-one.ee/~dersch/barrel/barrel.html" >Helmut
2110       Dersch</a>, perform a barrell or pincussion distortion appropriate to
2111       correct radial lens distortions.  That is in photographs, make straight
2112       lines straight again. <br/>
2113
2114       Arguments: <em>A &nbsp; B &nbsp; C</em> &nbsp; [ <em>D</em> &nbsp; [
2115       <em>X</em> , <em>Y</em> ] ] <br/>
2116       or <em>A<sub>x</sub> B<sub>x</sub> C<sub>x</sub> D<sub>x</sub> &nbsp;
2117       A<sub>y</sub> B<sub>y</sub> C<sub>y</sub> D<sub>y</sub></em> &nbsp;
2118       [ <em>X</em> , <em>Y</em> ] <br/>
2119       So that it forms the function <br/>
2120          Rsrc = r * ( <em>A</em>*r<sup>3</sup> + <em>B</em>*r<sup>2</sup> +
2121                               <em>C</em>*r + <em>D</em> )<br/>
2122
2123       Where <em>X</em>,<em>Y</em> is the optional center of the distortion
2124       (defaulting to the center of the image). <br/>
2125       The second form is typically used to distort images, rather than
2126       correct lens distortions. <br/>
2127       </td>
2128
2129  </tr>
2130
2131  <tr valign="top">
2132    <td valign="top"><kbd>BarrelInverse</kbd></td>
2133    <td valign="top">
2134       This is very simular to '<kbd>Barrel</kbd>' with the same set of
2135       arguments, and argument handling.  However it uses the inverse
2136       of the radial polynomial,
2137       so that it forms the function <br/>
2138          Rsrc = r / ( <em>A</em>*r<sup>3</sup> + <em>B</em>*r<sup>2</sup> +
2139                               <em>C</em>*r + <em>D</em> )
2140       </td>
2141  </tr>
2142
2143  <tr valign="top">
2144    <td valign="top"><kbd>Shepards</kbd></td>
2145    <td valign="top">
2146       Distort the given list control points (any number) using an Inverse
2147       Squared Distance Interpolation Method (<a
2148       href="http://www.ems-i.com/smshelp/Data_Module/Interpolation/Inverse_Distance_Weighted.htm"
2149       >Shepards Method</a>). The control points in effect do 'localized'
2150       distortions of the image around the given control point.  For best
2151       results extra control points should be added to 'lock' the positions of
2152       the corners and other unchanging parts of the image. <br/>
2153
2154       The distortion has been likened to 'taffy pulling' using nails, pins or
2155       sticks. It basically uses the <a href="#sparse-color"
2156       >-sparse-color</a> method of the same name to generate separate X and Y
2157       displacement maps (see <a href="#displace" >-displace</a>) for source
2158       image color look-up. </td>
2159
2160  </tr>
2161
2162</table>
2163
2164<p>To print a complete list of distortion methods, use <a href="#list">-list distort</a>.</p>
2165
2166<p>Many of the above distortion methods such as '<kbd>Affine</kbd>',
2167'<kbd>Perspective</kbd>', and '<kbd>Shepards</kbd>' use a list control points
2168defining how these points in the given image should be distorted in the
2169destination image. Each set of four floating point values represent a source
2170image coordinate, followed immediately by the destination image coordinate.
2171This produces a list of values such as...</p>
2172<div style="text-align: center"><em>
2173      U<sub>1</sub>,V<sub>1</sub> X<sub>1</sub>,Y<sub>1</sub> &nbsp;
2174      U<sub>2</sub>,V<sub>2</sub> X<sub>2</sub>,Y<sub>2</sub> &nbsp;
2175      U<sub>3</sub>,V<sub>3</sub> X<sub>3</sub>,Y<sub>3</sub> &nbsp;
2176      ... &nbsp;
2177      U<sub>n</sub>,V<sub>n</sub> X<sub>n</sub>,Y<sub>n</sub> &nbsp;
2178</em></div>
2179<p>where <em>U,V</em> on the source image is mapped to <em>X,Y</em> on the
2180destination image. </p>
2181
2182<p>For example, to warp an image using '<kbd>perspective</kbd>' distortion,
2183needs a list of at least 4 sets of coordinates, or 16 numbers.  Here is the
2184perspective distortion of the built-in "rose:" image. Note how spaces were
2185used to group the 4 sets of coordinate pairs, to make it easier to read and
2186understand.</p>
2187
2188<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>
2189  convert rose:  -virtual-pixel black \ <br/>
2190       -distort Perspective '0,0,0,0  0,45,0,45   69,0,60,10  69,45,60,35' \ <br/>
2191       rose_3d_rotated.gif</span></p>
2192<p>If more that the required number of coordinate pairs are given for a
2193distortion, the distortion method is 'least squares' fitted to
2194produce the best result for all the coordinate pairs given. If less than the
2195ideal number of points are given, the distort will generally fall back to a
2196simpler form of distortion that can handles the smaller number of coordinates
2197(usally a linear '<kbd>Affine</kbd>' distortion). </p>
2198
2199<p>By using more coodinates you can make use of image registration tool to
2200find matching coordinate pairs in overlaping images, so as to improve the 'fit'
2201of the distortion. Of course a bad coordinate pair can also make the 'fit'
2202worse. Caution is always advised. </p>
2203
2204<p>Colors are acquired from the source image according to the <a
2205href="#interpolate" >-interpolate</a> color lookup setting, when the image is
2206magnified.  However if the viewed image is minified (image becomes smaller), a
2207special area resampling function (added ImageMagick v6.3.5-9), is used to
2208produce a higher quality image.  For example you can use a
2209'<kbd>perspective</kbd>' distortion to view a infinitely tiled 'plane' all the
2210way to the horizon. </p>
2211
2212<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert -size 90x90 pattern:checkerboard -normalize -virtual-pixel tile \ <br/>
2213      -distort perspective  '0,0,5,45  89,0,45,46  0,89,0,89  89,89,89,89' \ <br/>
2214      checks_tiled.jpg</span></p>
2215<p>Note that a infinitely tiled perspective images involving the horizon can
2216be very slow to generate due to the use of the high quality 'area resampling'
2217function (added ImageMagick v6.3.5-9).  You can turn off 'area resampling'
2218using a <a href="#filter" >-filter</a> setting of '<kbd>point</kbd>'
2219(recommended if you plan to use super-sampling instead). </p>
2220
2221<p>If an image generates <i>invalid pixels</i>, such as the 'sky' in the last
2222'<kbd>perspective</kbd>' distortion example, <a href="#distort" >-distort</a>
2223will use the current <a href="#mattecolor" >-mattecolor</a> setting for these
2224pixels. If you do not what these pixels to be visible, set the color to match
2225the rest of the ground. </p>
2226
2227<p>The output image size will by default be the same as the input image.  This
2228means that if the part of the distorted image falls outside the viewed area of
2229the 'distorted space', those parts is clipped and lost.  However if you
2230use the plus form of the operator (<a href="#distort" >+distort</a>) the
2231operator will attempt (if posible) to show the whole of the distorted image,
2232while retaining a correct 'virtual canvas' offset, for image layering. This
2233offset may need to be removed using <a href="#repage" >+repage</a>, to remove
2234if it is unwanted. </p>
2235
2236<p>You can alternatively specify a special "<kbd><a href="#set" >-set</a>
2237option:distort:viewport {geometry_string}</kbd>" setting which will specify
2238the size and the offset of the generated 'viewport' image of the distorted
2239image space.</p>
2240
2241<p>Adding a "<kbd><a href="#set" >-set</a> option:distort:scale
2242{scale_factor}</kbd>" will scale the output image (viewport or otherwise) by
2243that factor without changing the viewed contents of the distorted image. This
2244can be used either for 'super-sampling' the image for a higher quality result,
2245or for panning and zooming around the image (with appropriate viewport
2246changes, or post-distort cropping and resizing). </p>
2247
2248<p>Setting <a href="#verbose" >-verbose</a> setting, will cause <a
2249href="#distort" >-distort</a> to attempt to output the internal coefficients,
2250and the <a href="#fx" >-fx</a> equivalent to the distortion, for expert study,
2251and debugging purposes. This many not be available for all distorts. </p>
2252
2253<p>Affine rotations and shears (such as '<kbd>SRT</kbd>' distortion), tend to
2254produce a cleaner result that the equivalent <a href="#rotate" >-rotate</a>
2255and/or <a href="#shear" >-shear</a> operation, with more control of due to the
2256above settings. It is algorithmically slower, though in ImageMagick it may be faster.
2257</p>
2258
2259
2260<div style="margin: auto;">
2261  <h4><a name="dither" id="dither"></a>-dither <em class="arg">method</em></h4>
2262</div>
2263
2264<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Apply a Riemersma or Floyd-Steinberg error diffusion dither to images when general color reduction is applied via an option, or automagically when saving to specific formats. This enabled by default. </td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2265
2266<p>Dithering places two or more colors in neighbouring pixels so that to the eye a closer approximation of the images original color is reproduced. This reduces the number of colors needed to reproduce the image but at the cost of a lower level pattern of colors. Error diffusion dithers can use any set of colors (generated or user defined) to an image.  </p>
2267
2268<p>Dithering is turned on by default, to turn it off use the plus form of the
2269setting, <a href="#dither">+dither</a>. This will also also render PostScript
2270without text or graphic aliasing. Disabling dithering often (but not always)
2271leads to faster process, a smaller number of colors, but more cartoon like
2272image coloring.  Generally resulting in 'color banding' effects in areas with
2273color gradients. </p>
2274
2275<p>The color reduction operators <a href="#colors">-colors</a>, <a
2276href="#monochrome">-monochrome</a>, <a href="#remap ">-remap</a>, and <a href="#posterize">-posterize</a>, apply dithering to images using the reduced color set they created. These operators are also used as part of automatic color reduction when saving images to formats with limited color support, such as <kbd>GIF:</kbd>, <kbd>XBM:</kbd>, and others, so dithering may also be used in these cases. </p>
2277
2278<p>Alternatively you can use <a href="#random-threshold">-random-threshold</a> to generate purely random dither. Or use <a href="#ordered-dither">-ordered-dither</a> to apply threshold mapped dither patterns, using uniform color maps, rather than specific color maps. </p>
2279
2280
2281<div style="margin: auto;">
2282  <h4><a name="draw" id="draw"></a>-draw <em class="arg">string</em></h4>
2283</div>
2284
2285<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Annotate an image with one or more graphic primitives.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2286
2287<p>Use this option to annotate or decorate an image with one or more graphic primitives. The primitives include shapes, text, transformations, and pixel operations.</p>
2288
2289<p>The shape primitives:</p>
2290
2291<pre class="text">
2292   point           x,y
2293   line            x0,y0 x1,y1
2294   rectangle       x0,y0 x1,y1
2295   roundRectangle  x0,y0 x1,y1 wc,hc
2296   arc             x0,y0 x1,y1 a0,a1
2297   ellipse         x0,y0 rx,ry a0,a1
2298   circle          x0,y0 x1,y1
2299   polyline        x0,y0  ...  xn,yn
2300   polygon         x0,y0  ...  xn,yn
2301   bezier          x0,y0  ...  xn,yn
2302   path            path specification
2303   image           operator x0,y0 w,h filename
2304</pre>
2305
2306<p>The text primitive:</p>
2307
2308<pre class="text">
2309   text            x0,y0 string
2310</pre>
2311<p>The text gravity primitive:</p>
2312
2313<pre class="text">
2314   gravity         NorthWest, North, NorthEast, West, Center,
2315                   East, SouthWest, South, or SouthEast
2316</pre>
2317
2318<p>The text gravity primitive only affects the placement of text and does not interact with the other primitives.  It is equivalent to using the <a href="#gravity">-gravity</a> command-line option, except that it is limited in scope to the <a href="#draw">-draw</a> option in which it appears.</p>
2319
2320<p>The transformation primitives:</p>
2321
2322<pre class="text">
2323   rotate          degrees
2324   translate       dx,dy
2325   scale           sx,sy
2326   skewX           degrees
2327   skewY           degrees
2328</pre>
2329
2330<p>The pixel operation primitives:</p>
2331
2332<pre class="text">
2333   color           x0,y0 method
2334   matte           x0,y0 method
2335</pre>
2336
2337<p>The shape primitives are drawn in the color specified by the preceding <a href="#fill">-fill</a> setting.  For unfilled shapes, use <a href="#fill">-fill none</a>.  You can optionally control the stroke (the "outline" of a shape) with the <a href="#stroke">-stroke</a> and <a href="#strokewidth">-strokewidth</a> settings.</p>
2338
2339<p>A <kbd>point</kbd> primitive is specified by a single <em>point</em> in the pixel plane, that is, by an ordered pair of integer coordinates, <em>x</em>,<em>y</em>. (As it involves only a single pixel, a <kbd>point</kbd> primitive is not affected by <a href="#stroke">-stroke</a> or <a href="#strokewidth">-strokewidth</a>.)</p>
2340
2341<p>A <kbd>line</kbd> primitive requires a start point and end point.</p>
2342
2343<p>A <kbd>rectangle</kbd> primitive is specified by the pair of points at the upper left and lower right corners.</p>
2344
2345<p>A <kbd>roundRectangle</kbd> primitive takes the same corner points as a <kbd>rectangle</kbd> followed by the width and height of the rounded corners to be removed.</p>
2346
2347<p>The <kbd>circle</kbd> primitive makes a disk (filled) or circle (unfilled). Give the center and any point on the perimeter (boundary).</p>
2348
2349<p>The <kbd>arc</kbd> primitive is used to inscribe an elliptical segment in to a given rectangle. An <kbd>arc</kbd> requires the two corners used for <kbd>rectangle</kbd> (see above) followed by the start and end angles of the arc of the segment segment (e.g. 130,30 200,100 45,90). The start and end points produced are then joined with a line segment and the resulting segment of an ellipse is filled.</p>
2350
2351<p>Use <kbd>ellipse</kbd> to draw a partial (or whole) ellipse. Give the center point, the horizontal and vertical "radii" (the <em>semi-axes</em> of the ellipse) and start and end angles in degrees (e.g. 100,100 100,150 0,360).</p>
2352
2353<p>The <kbd>polyline</kbd> and <kbd>polygon</kbd> primitives require three or more points to define their perimeters. A <kbd>polyline</kbd> is simply a <kbd>polygon</kbd> in which the final point is not stroked to the start point. When unfilled, this is a <em>polygonal line</em>. If the <a href="#stroke">-stroke</a> setting is <kbd>none</kbd> (the default), then a <kbd>polyline</kbd> is identical to a <kbd>polygon</kbd>.
2354</p>
2355
2356<p>A <em>coordinate</em> is a pair of integers separated by a space or optional comma. </p>
2357
2358<p>As an example, to define a circle centered at 100,100 that extends to 150,150 use:</p>
2359
2360<p class="crtsnip">
2361   -draw 'circle 100,100 150,150'
2362</p>
2363
2364<p>The <kbd>Bezier</kbd> primitive creates a spline curve and requires three or points to define its shape. The first and last points are the <em>knots</em> and these points are attained by the curve, while any intermediate coordinates are <em>control points</em>. If two control points are specified, the line between each end knot and its sequentially respective control point determines the tangent direction of the curve at that end. If one control point is specified, the lines from the end knots to the one control point determines the tangent directions of the curve at each end. If more than two control points are specified, then the additional control points act in combination to determine the intermediate shape of the curve. In order to
2365draw complex curves, it is highly recommended either to use the <kbd>path</kbd> primitive or to draw multiple four-point bezier segments with the start and end knots of each successive segment repeated. For example:</p>
2366
2367<p class="crtsnip">
2368   -draw 'bezier 20,50 45,100 45,0 70,50'
2369</p>
2370<p class="crtsnip">
2371   -draw 'bezier 70,50 95,100 95,0 120,50'
2372</p>
2373
2374
2375<p>A <kbd>path</kbd> represents an outline of an object, defined in terms of moveto (set a new current point), lineto (draw a straight line), curveto (draw a Bezier curve), arc (elliptical or circular arc) and closepath (close the current shape by drawing a line to the last moveto) elements. Compound paths (i.e., a path with subpaths, each consisting of a single moveto followed by one or more line or curve operations) are possible to allow effects such as <em>donut holes</em> in objects. (See <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/paths.html">Paths</a>.)</p>
2376
2377<p>Use <kbd>image</kbd> to composite an image with another image. Follow the image keyword with the composite operator, image location, image size, and filename:</p>
2378
2379<p class="crtsnip">
2380   -draw 'image SrcOver 100,100 225,225 image.jpg'
2381</p>
2382
2383<p>You can use 0,0 for the image size, which means to use the actual dimensions found in the image header. Otherwise, it is scaled to the given dimensions. See <a href="#compose">-compose</a> for a description of the composite operators.</p>
2384
2385<p>Use <kbd>text</kbd> to annotate an image with text. Follow the text coordinates with a string. If the string has embedded spaces, enclose it in single or double quotes.</p>
2386
2387<p>For example, the following annotates the image with <kbd>Works like magick!</kbd> for an image titled <kbd>bird.miff</kbd>. </p>
2388
2389<p class="crtsnip">
2390   -draw 'text 100,100 "Works like magick!"'
2391</p>
2392
2393<p>See the <a href="#annotate">-annotate</a> option for another convenient way to annotate an image with text.</p>
2394
2395<p>The <kbd>rotate</kbd> primitive rotates subsequent shape primitives and text primitives about the origin of the main image. If the <a href="#region">-region</a> option precedes the <a href="#draw">-draw</a> option, the origin for transformations is the upper left corner of the region.</p>
2396
2397<p>The <kbd>translate</kbd> primitive translates subsequent shape and text primitives.</p>
2398
2399<p>The <kbd>scale</kbd> primitive scales them.</p>
2400
2401<p>The <kbd>skewX</kbd> and <kbd>skewY</kbd> primitives skew them with respect to the origin of the main image or the region.</p>
2402
2403<p>The transformations modify the current affine matrix, which is initialized from the initial affine matrix defined by the <a href="#affine">-affine</a> option. Transformations are cumulative within the <a href="#draw">-draw</a> option. The initial affine matrix is not affected; that matrix is only changed by the appearance of another <a href="#affine">-affine</a> option. If another <a href="#draw">-draw</a> option appears, the current affine matrix is reinitialized from the initial affine
2404matrix.</p>
2405
2406<p>Use the <kbd>color</kbd> primitive to change the color of a pixel to the fill color (see <a href="#fill">-fill</a>). Follow the pixel coordinate with a method:</p>
2407
2408<pre class="text">
2409   point
2410   replace
2411   floodfill
2412   filltoborder
2413   reset
2414</pre>
2415
2416<p>Consider the target pixel as that specified by your coordinate. The <kbd>point</kbd> method recolors the target pixel. The <kbd>replace</kbd> method recolors any pixel that matches the color of the target pixel.  <kbd>Floodfill</kbd> recolors any pixel that matches the color of the target pixel and is a neighbor, whereas <kbd>filltoborder</kbd> recolors any neighbor pixel that is not the border color. Finally, <kbd>reset</kbd> recolors all pixels.</p>
2417
2418<p>Use <kbd>matte</kbd> to the change the pixel matte value to transparent. Follow the pixel coordinate with a method (see the <kbd>color</kbd> primitive for a description of methods). The <kbd>point</kbd> method changes the matte value of the target pixel. The <kbd>replace</kbd> method changes the matte value of any pixel that matches the color of the target pixel. <kbd>Floodfill</kbd> changes the matte value of any pixel that matches the color of the target pixel and is a neighbor, whereas <kbd>filltoborder</kbd> changes the matte value of any neighbor pixel that is not the border color (<a href="#bordercolor">-bordercolor</a>). Finally <kbd>reset</kbd> changes the matte value of all pixels.</p>
2419
2420<p>You can set the primitive color, font, and font bounding box color with <a href="#fill">-fill</a>, <a href="#font">-font</a>, and <a href="#box">-box</a> respectively.  Options are processed in command line order so be sure to use these options <em>before</em> the <a href="#draw">-draw</a> option.</p>
2421
2422<p>Strings that begin with a number must be quoted (e.g. use '1.png' rather than 1.png).</p>
2423
2424<p>Drawing primitives conform to the <a href="/www/magick-vector-graphics.html">Magick Vector Graphics</a> format.</p>
2425
2426
2427<div style="margin: auto;">
2428  <h4><a name="edge" id="edge"></a>-edge <em class="arg">radius</em></h4>
2429</div>
2430
2431<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>detect edges within an image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2432
2433<div style="margin: auto;">
2434  <h4><a name="emboss" id="emboss"></a>-emboss <em class="arg">radius</em></h4>
2435</div>
2436
2437<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>emboss an image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2438
2439<div style="margin: auto;">
2440  <h4><a name="encipher" id="encipher"></a>-encipher <em class="arg">filename</em></h4>
2441</div>
2442
2443<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Encipher pixels for later deciphering by <a href="#decipher">-decipher</a>.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2444
2445<p>Get the passphrase from the file specified by <em class="arg">filename</em>.</p>
2446
2447<p>For more information, see the webpage, <a href="http://www.imagemagick.org/www/cipher.html">ImageMagick: Encipher or Decipher an Image</a>.</p>
2448
2449<div style="margin: auto;">
2450  <h4><a name="encoding" id="encoding"></a>-encoding <em class="arg">type</em></h4>
2451</div>
2452
2453<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>specify the text encoding.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2454
2455<p>Choose from <kbd>AdobeCustom</kbd>, <kbd>AdobeExpert</kbd>, <kbd>AdobeStandard</kbd>, <kbd>AppleRoman</kbd>, <kbd>BIG5</kbd>, <kbd>GB2312</kbd>, <kbd>Latin 2</kbd>, <kbd>None</kbd>, <kbd>SJIScode</kbd>, <kbd>Symbol</kbd>, <kbd>Unicode</kbd>, <kbd>Wansung</kbd>.</p>
2456
2457<div style="margin: auto;">
2458  <h4><a name="endian" id="endian"></a>-endian <em class="arg">type</em></h4>
2459</div>
2460
2461<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Specify endianness (<kbd>MSB</kbd> or <kbd>LSB</kbd>) of the image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2462
2463<p>To print a complete list of endian types, use the <a href="#list">-list endian</a> option.</p>
2464
2465<p>Use <a href="#endian">+endian</a> to revert to unspecified endianness.</p>
2466
2467
2468<div style="margin: auto;">
2469  <h4><a name="enhance" id="enhance"></a>-enhance</h4>
2470</div>
2471
2472<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Apply a digital filter to enhance a noisy image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2473
2474
2475<div style="margin: auto;">
2476  <h4><a name="equalize" id="equalize"></a>-equalize</h4>
2477</div>
2478
2479<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>perform histogram equalization on the image channel-by-channel.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2480
2481<p>To perform histogram equalization on all channels in concert, transform the image into some other color space, such as HSL, OHTA, YIQ or YUV, then equalize the appropriate intensity-like channel, then convert back to RGB.</p>
2482
2483<p>For example using HSL, we have: ... <kbd>-colorspace HSL -channel lightness -equalize -colorspace RGB</kbd> ...</p>
2484
2485<p>For YIQ, YUV and OHTA use the red channel. For example, OHTA is a principal components transformation that puts most of the information in the first channel. Here we have ... <kbd>-colorspace OHTA -channel red -equalize -colorspace RGB</kbd> ...</p>
2486
2487<div style="margin: auto;">
2488  <h4><a name="evaluate" id="evaluate"></a>-evaluate <em class="arg">operator value</em></h4>
2489</div>
2490
2491<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Alter channel pixels by evaluating an arithmetic, relational, or logical expression.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2492
2493<p>(See the <a href="#function" >-function</a> operator for some multi-parameter functions. See the <a href="#fx" >-fx</a> operator if more elaborate calculations are needed.)</p>
2494
2495<p>The behaviors of each <em class="arg">operator</em> are summarized in the following list. For brevity, the numerical value of a "pixel" referred to below is the value of the corresponding channel of that pixel, while a "normalized pixel" is that number divided by the maximum (installation-dependent) value <em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>. (If normalized pixels are used, they are restored, following the other calculations, to the full range by multiplying by <em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>.)</p>
2496
2497<table class="doc">
2498  <col width="25%" />
2499  <col width="75%" />
2500  <thead>
2501  <tr>
2502  <th><em class="arg">operator</em></th>
2503  <th>Summary (see further below for details)</th>
2504  </tr>
2505  </thead>
2506  <tbody>
2507
2508    <tr><td>Add </td>             <td>Add <em class="arg">value</em> to pixels. </td></tr>
2509    <tr><td>AddModulus </td>      <td>Add <em class="arg">value</em> to pixels modulo <em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>.</td></tr>
2510    <tr><td>And  </td>            <td>Binary AND of pixels with <em class="arg">value</em>.</td></tr>
2511    <tr><td>Cos, Cosine </td>             <td>Apply cosine to pixels with frequency <em class="arg">value</em> with 50% bias added.</td></tr>
2512    <tr><td>Divide  </td>         <td>Divide pixels by <em class="arg">value</em>.</td></tr>
2513    <tr><td>LeftShift </td>       <td>Shift the pixel values left by <em class="arg">value</em> bits (i.e., multiply pixels by 2<sup><em class="arg">value</em></sup>).</td></tr>
2514    <tr><td>Log  </td>            <td>Apply scaled logarithm to normalized pixels.</td></tr>
2515    <tr><td>Max  </td>            <td>Clip pixels at lower bound <em class="arg">value</em>.</td></tr>
2516    <tr><td>Min  </td>            <td>Clip pixels at upper bound <em class="arg">value</em>.</td></tr>
2517    <tr><td>Multiply </td>        <td>Multiply pixels by <em class="arg">value</em>.</td></tr>
2518    <tr><td>Or  </td>             <td>Binary OR of pixels with <em class="arg">value</em>.</td></tr>
2519    <tr><td>Pow </td>             <td>Raise normalized pixels to the power <em class="arg">value</em>.</td></tr>
2520    <tr><td>RightShift </td>      <td>Shift the pixel values right by <em class="arg">value</em> bits (i.e., divide pixels by 2<sup><em class="arg">value</em></sup>).</td></tr>
2521    <tr><td>Set </td>             <td>Set pixel equal to <em class="arg">value</em>.</td></tr>
2522    <tr><td>Sin, Sine </td>             <td>Apply sine to pixels with frequency <em class="arg">value</em> with 50% bias added.</td></tr>
2523    <tr><td>Subtract </td>        <td>Subtract <em class="arg">value</em> from pixels.</td></tr>
2524    <tr><td>Xor </td>             <td>Binary XOR of pixels with <em class="arg">value.</em></td></tr>
2525
2526    <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
2527
2528   <tr><td>Gaussian-noise</td></tr>
2529   <tr><td>Impulse-noise</td></tr>
2530   <tr><td>Laplacian-noise</td></tr>
2531   <tr><td>Multiplicative-noise</td>      <td>(These are equivalent to the corresponding <a href="#noise" >-noise</a> operators.)</td></tr>
2532   <tr><td>PoissonNoise</td></tr>
2533   <tr><td>Uniform-noise</td></tr>
2534
2535   <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
2536
2537   <tr><td>Threshold </td>       <td>Threshold pixels larger than <em class="arg">value</em>.</td></tr>
2538   <tr><td>ThresholdBlack </td>  <td>Threshold pixels to zero values equal to or below <em class="arg">value</em>.</td></tr>
2539   <tr><td>ThresholdWhite </td>  <td>Threshold pixels to maximum values above <em class="arg">value</em>.  </td></tr>
2540 </tbody>
2541 </table>
2542
2543<p>The specified functions are applied only to each previously set <a
2544href="#channel" >-channel</a> in the image. If necessary, the results of the
2545calculations are truncated (clipped) to fit in the interval [0,&nbsp;<em
2546class="QR">QuantumRange</em>].  The transparency channel of the image is
2547represented as a 'alpha' values (0 = fully transparent), so, for example, a
2548<kbd>Divide</kbd> by&nbsp;2 of the alpha channel will make the image
2549semi-transparent.  Append the percent symbol '<kbd>%</kbd>' to specify a value
2550as a percentage of the <em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>.</p>
2551
2552<p>To print a complete list of <a href="#evaluate">-evaluate</a> operators, use
2553<a href="#list">-list evaluate</a>.</p>
2554
2555<p>The results of the <kbd>Add</kbd>, <kbd>Subtract</kbd> and
2556<kbd>Multiply</kbd> methods can also be achieved using either the <a
2557href="#level" >-level</a> or the <a href="#level" >+level</a> operator, with
2558appropriate argument, to linearly modify the overall range of color values.
2559Please note, however, that <a href="#level" >-level</a> treats transparency as
2560'matte' values (0 = opaque), while <a href="#level" >-evaluate</a> works with
2561'alpha' values.</p>
2562
2563<p><kbd>AddModulus</kbd> has been added as of ImageMagick 6.4.8-4 and provides addition modulo the <em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>. It is therefore equivalent to <kbd>Add</kbd> unless the resulting pixel value is outside the interval [0,&nbsp;<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>]. </p>
2564
2565<p><kbd>Log</kbd> has been added as of ImageMagick 6.4.2-1 and works on normalized pixel values. This a <em>scaled</em> log function. The <em class="arg">value</em> used with <kbd>Log</kbd> provides a <em>scaling factor</em> that adjusts the curvature in the graph of the log function. The formula applied to a normalized value <b><em>u</em></b> is below. </p>
2566
2567        <div style="text-align:center;">
2568        log(<em class="arg">value</em> &times; <b><em>u</em></b> + 1) / log(<em class="arg">value</em> + 1)
2569        </div>
2570
2571<p><kbd>Pow</kbd> has been added as of ImageMagick 6.4.1-9, and works on
2572normalized pixel values. Note that <kbd>Pow</kbd> is related to the <a
2573href="#gamma" >-gamma</a> operator. For example, <b>-gamma 2</b> is equivalent
2574to <b>-evaluate pow 0.5</b>, i.e., a 'square root' function. The value used
2575with <a href="#gamma" >-gamma</a> is simply the reciprocal of the value used
2576with <kbd>Pow</kbd>.</p>
2577
2578<p><kbd>Cosine</kbd> and <kbd>Sine</kbd> was added as of IM v6.4.8-8 and
2579converts the image values into a value according to a (co)sine wave function.
2580The  synonyms <kbd>Cos</kbd> and <kbd>Sin</kbd> may also be used.  The output
2581is biased 50% and normalized by 50% so as to fit in the respective color value
2582range.  The <em class="arg">value</em> scaling of the <em>period</em> of the
2583function (its frequency), and thus determines the number of 'waves' that will
2584be generated over the input color range.  For example, if the <em
2585class="arg">value</em> is&nbsp;1, the effective period is simply the <em
2586class="QR">QuantumRange</em>; but if the <em class="arg">value</em> is&nbsp;2,
2587then the effective period is the <em>half</em> the <em
2588class="QR">QuantumRange</em>.
2589
2590        <div style="text-align:center;">
2591        0.5 + 0.5 &times; cos(2 &pi; <b><em>u</em></b> &times; <em class="arg">value</em>).
2592        </div>
2593
2594See also the <a href="#function" >-function</a> operator, which is a
2595multi-value version of evaluate. </P>
2596
2597
2598<div style="margin: auto;">
2599  <h4><a name="extent" id="extent"></a>-extent <em class="arg">geometry</em></h4>
2600</div>
2601
2602<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Set the image size and offset.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2603
2604<p>If the image is enlarged, unfilled areas are set to the background color. To position the image, use offsets in the <em class="arg">geometry</em> specification or precede with a <a href="#gravity">-gravity</a> setting.</p>
2605
2606<p>See <a href="/www/command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
2607
2608<div style="margin: auto;">
2609  <h4><a name="extract" id="extract"></a>-extract <em class="arg">geometry</em></h4>
2610</div>
2611
2612<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Extract the specified area from image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2613
2614<p>This option is most useful for extracting a subregion of a very large raw image.  Note that these two commands are equivalent:</p>
2615
2616<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert -size 16000x16000 -depth 8 -extract 640x480+1280+960 image.rgb image.png</span><span class='crtout'></span><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert -size 16000x16000 -depth 8 'image.rgb[640x480+1280+960]' image.rgb image.png</span></p><p>If you omit the offsets, as in</p>
2617
2618<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert -size 16000x16000 -depth 8 -extract 640x480 image.rgb image.png</span></p>
2619<p>then the image will be <em>resized</em> to the specified dimensions instead,
2620equivalent to:</p>
2621
2622<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert -size 16000x16000 -depth 8 -resize 640x480 image.rgb image.png</span></p>
2623<p>See <a href="/www/command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
2624
2625<div style="margin: auto;">
2626  <h4><a name="family" id="family"></a>-family <em class="arg">fontFamily</em></h4>
2627</div>
2628
2629<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Set a font family for text.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2630
2631<p>This setting suggests a font family that ImageMagick should try to use for rendering text. If the family can be found it is used; if not, a default font (e.g., "Arial") or a family known to be similar is substituted (e.g., "Courier" might be used if "System" is requested but not found).
2632</p>
2633
2634<p>For other settings that affect fonts, see the options <a href="#font">-font</a>, <a href="#stretch">-stretch</a>, <a href="#style">-style</a>, and <a href="#weight">-weight</a>.
2635</p>
2636
2637<div style="margin: auto;">
2638  <h4><a name="fft" id="fft"></a>-fft</h4>
2639</div>
2640
2641<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>implements the forward discrete Fourier transform (DFT).</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2642
2643<p>This option is new as of ImageMagick 6.5.4-3 and transforms an image from the normal (spatial) domain to the frequency domain. In the frequency domain, an image is represented as a superposition of complex sinusoidal waves of varying amplitudes. The image x and y coordinates are the possible frequencies along the x and y directions, respectively, and the pixel intensity values are complex numbers that correspond to the sinusoidal wave amplitudes. See for example, <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fourier_transform" target="_blank">Fourier Transform</a>, <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DFT" target="_blank">Discrete Fourier Transform</a> and <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FFT" target="_blank">Fast Fourier Transform</a>.</p>
2644
2645<p>A single image name is provided as output for this option. However, the output result will have two components. It will be either a two-frame image or two separate images, depending upon whether the image format specified supports multi-frame images. The reason that we get a dual output result is because the frequency domain represents an image using complex numbers, which cannot be visualized directly. Therefore, the complex values are automagically separated into a two-component image representation. The first component is the magnitude of the complex number and the second is the phase of the complex number. See for example, <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Complex_numbers" target="_blank">Complex Numbers</a>.<p>
2646
2647<p>The magnitude and phase component images must be specified using image formats that do not limit the color or compress the image. Thus, MIFF, TIF, PFM, EXR and PNG are the recommended image formats to use. All of these formats, except PNG support multi-frame images. So for example,</p>
2648
2649<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert image.png -fft fft_image.miff</span></p>
2650<p>generates a magnitude image as <kbd>fft_image.miff[0]</kbd> and a phase image as <kbd>fft_image.miff[1]</kbd>. Similarly,</p>
2651
2652<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert image.png -fft fft_image.png</span></p>
2653<p>generates a magnitude image as <kbd>fft_image-0.png</kbd> and a phase image as <kbd>fft_image-1.png</kbd>. If you prefer this representation, then you can force any of the other formats to produce two output images by including <a href="#adjoin">+adjoin</a> following -fft in the command line.</p>
2654
2655<p>The input image can be any size, but if not square and even-dimensioned, it will be padded automagically to the larger of the width or height of the input image and to an even number of pixels. The padding will occur at the bottom and/or right sides of the input image. The resulting output magnitude and phase images will be square at this size. The kind of padding relies on the <a href="#virtual-pixel">-virtual-pixel</a> setting.</p>
2656
2657<p>Both output components will have dynamic ranges that fit within [0,&nbsp;<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>], so that HDRI need not be enabled. Phase values nominally range from 0 to 2*&pi;, but for non-HDRI compilations of ImageMagick, the phase image is scaled to span the full dynamic range. The magnitude image is not scaled and thus generally will contain very small values. As such, the image normally will appear totally black. In order to view any detail, the magnitude image typically is enhanced with a log function into what is usually called the spectrum. A log function is used to enhance the darker values more in comparison to the lighter values. This can be done, for example, as follows:</p>
2658
2659<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert fft_image.miff[0] -contrast-stretch 0 \ <br />
2660                -evaluate log 1000 fft_image_spectrum.png</span></p>
2661<p>where the <a href="#contrast-stretch">-contrast-stretch</a> 0 is used to  scale the image to full dynamic range, first. The argument to the <a href="#evaluate">-evaluate</a> log typically is specified between 100 and 10,000, depending upon the amount of detail that one wants to bring out in the spectrum. Larger values produce more visible detail. Too much detail, however, may hide the important features.</p>
2662
2663<p>The <a href="http://www.fftw.org/" target="_blank">FFTW</a> delegate library is required to use <a href="#fft">-fft</a>.
2664
2665<p>Use <a href="#fft">+fft</a> to produce two output images that are the real and imaginary components of the complex valued Fourier transform.</p>
2666
2667<p>However, as the real and imaginary components can contain negative values, this requires that IM be configured with HDRI enabled. In this case, you must use either MIFF, TIF or PFM formats for the real and imaginary component results, since they are formats that preserve both negative and fractional values without clipping them or truncating the fractional part.</p>
2668
2669<p>The real and imaginary component images resulting from <a href="#fft">+fft</a> also will be square, even dimensioned images due to the same padding that was discussed above for the magnitude and phase component images.</a>
2670
2671<p>See the discussion on HDRI implementations of ImageMagick on the page
2672<a href="/www/high-dynamic-range.html">High Dynamic-Range Images</a>. For more about HDRI go the ImageMagick <a href="http://www.imagemagick.org/Usage/basics/#hdri">Usage</a> pages or this <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/High_dynamic_range_imaging">Wikipedia</a> entry.
2673</p>
2674
2675
2676<div style="margin: auto;">
2677  <h4><a name="fill" id="fill"></a>-fill <em class="arg">color</em></h4>
2678</div>
2679
2680<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>color to use when filling a graphic primitive.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2681
2682<p>This option accepts a color name, a hex color, or a numerical RGB, RGBA, HSL, HSLA, CMYK, or CMYKA specification.  See <a href="/www/color.html">Color Names</a> for a description of how to properly specify the color argument.</p>
2683
2684<p>Enclose the color specification in quotation marks to prevent the "#" or the parentheses from being interpreted by your shell.</p>
2685
2686<p>For example,</p>
2687
2688<p class="crtsnip">
2689  -fill blue
2690</p>
2691<p class="crtsnip">
2692  -fill "#ddddff"
2693</p>
2694<p class="crtsnip">
2695  -fill "rgb(255,255,255)"
2696</p>
2697
2698<p>See <a href="#draw">-draw</a> for further details.</p>
2699
2700<p>To print a complete list of color names, use the <a href="#list">-list color</a> option.</p>
2701
2702<div style="margin: auto;">
2703  <h4><a name="filter" id="filter"></a>-filter <em class="arg">type</em></h4>
2704</div>
2705
2706<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Use this <em class="arg">type</em> of filter when resizing an image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2707
2708<p>Use this option to affect the resizing operation of an image (see <a
2709href="#resize">-resize</a>). For example you can use a simple resize filter
2710such as:</p>
2711
2712<pre class="text">
2713   Point       Hermite       Cubic
2714   Box         Gaussian      Catrom
2715   Triangle    Quadratic     Mitchell
2716</pre>
2717
2718<p>The <kbd>Bessel</kbd> and <kbd>Sinc</kbd> filter is also provided, but are
2719by default <kbd>blackman</kbd>-windowed.  However these filters define a
2720windowing filter for the Sinc or Bessel filter function, as appropriate for
2721the scaling operator used (usally Sinc for orthogonal <a href="#resize"
2722>-resize</a>).   Windowed filters include: </p>
2723
2724<pre class="text">
2725   Lanczos       Hamming       Parzen
2726   Blackman      Kaiser        Welsh
2727   Hanning       Bartlett      Bohman
2728</pre>
2729
2730<p>Also one special self-windowing filter is also provided
2731<kbd>Lagrange</kbd>, which will automagically re-adjust its function depending
2732on the current 'support' or 'lobes' expert settings (see below).</p>
2733
2734<p>If you do not select a filter with this option, the filter defaults to <kbd>Mitchell</kbd> for a colormapped image, a image with a matte channel, or if the image is enlarged.  Otherwise the filter default to <kbd>Lanczos</kbd>.</p>
2735
2736<p>To print a complete list of resize filters, use the <a href="#list">-list filter</a> option.</p>
2737
2738<p>You can modify how the filter behaves as it scales your image through the
2739use of these expert settings:</p>
2740
2741<dl class="doc">
2742<dt>-set filter:blur <em>factor</em></dt>
2743<dd>Scale the X axis of the filter (and its window). Use &gt; 1.0 for
2744    blurry or &lt; 1.0 for sharp.</dd>
2745
2746<dt>-set filter:support <em>radius</em></dt>
2747<dd>Set the filter support radius.</dd>
2748
2749<dt>-set filter:lobes <em>count</em></dt>
2750<dd>Set the number of lobes to use for the Sinc/Bessel filter. This an
2751    alternative way of specifying the 'support' range of the filter.</dd>
2752
2753<dt>-set filter:b <em>b-spline_factor</em></dt>
2754<dt>-set filter:c <em>keys_alpha_factor</em></dt>
2755<dd>Redefine the values used for cubic filters such as <kbd>Cubic</kbd>,
2756    <kbd>Catrom</kbd>, <kbd>Mitchel</kbd>, and <kbd>Hermite</kbd>, as well as
2757    the <kbd>Parzen</kbd> Sinc windowing function. If only one of the values
2758    are defined, the other is set so as to generate a 'Keys' type cubic
2759    filter.
2760
2761<dt>-set filter:filter <em>filter</em></dt>
2762<dd>Use this function directly as the scaling filter.  This will allow
2763    you to directly use a 'windowing filter' such as <kbd>blackman</kbd>,
2764    rather than as its normal usage as a windowing function for 'Sinc' or
2765    'Bessel'. If defined, no windowing function is used, unless the following
2766    expert setting is also defined.</dd>
2767
2768<dt>-set filter:window <em>filter</em></dt>
2769<dd>The IIR (infinite impulse response) filters <kbd>bessel</kbd> and
2770    <kbd>sinc</kbd>  are windowed (brought down to zero over the defined
2771    support range) with the given filter. This allows you to use a filter that
2772    is not normally used as a windowing function, such as <kbd>box</kbd>,
2773    (which effectivally turns off the windowing function).  </dd>
2774
2775</dl>
2776
2777<p>For example, to get a 8 lobe Lanczos-Bessel filter:</p>
2778
2779<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert image.png -filter bessel \ <br/>
2780          -set filter:window=bessel -set filter:lobes=8 \ <br/>
2781          -resize 150%   image.jpg</span></p>
2782<p>Or a raw un-windowed Sinc filter with 4 lobes:</p>
2783
2784<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert image.png -set filter:filter=sinc -set filter:lobes=4 \ <br/>
2785          -resize 150%   image.jpg</span></p>
2786<p>Note that the use of expert options (except for 'blur' with simple resize
2787filters), are provided for image processing experts who have studied and
2788understood how resize filters work. Without this knowledge, and an
2789understanding of the defination of the actual filters involved, using expert
2790settings are more likely to be detremental to your image resizing.</p>
2791
2792
2793<div style="margin: auto;">
2794  <h4><a name="flatten" id="flatten"></a>-flatten</h4>
2795</div>
2796
2797<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>This is a simple alias for the <a href="#layers" >-layers</a> method "flatten".</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2798
2799
2800<div style="margin: auto;">
2801  <h4><a name="flip" id="flip"></a>-flip</h4>
2802</div>
2803
2804<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>create a <em>mirror image</em>.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2805
2806<p>reflect the scanlines in the vertical direction.</p>
2807
2808<div style="margin: auto;">
2809  <h4><a name="floodfill" id="floodfill"></a>-floodfill {<em class="arg">+-</em>}<em class="arg">x</em>{<em class="arg">+-</em>}<em class="arg">y</em> <em class="arg">color</em></h4>
2810</div>
2811
2812<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>floodfill the image with color at the specified offset. Using <a href="#fuzz" >-fuzz</a> to floodfill pixels which only change by a small amount.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2813
2814<div style="margin: auto;">
2815  <h4><a name="flop" id="flop"></a>-flop</h4>
2816</div>
2817
2818<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>create a <em>mirror image</em>.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2819
2820<p>reflect the scanlines in the horizontal direction.</p>
2821
2822
2823<div style="margin: auto;">
2824  <h4><a name="font" id="font"></a>-font <em class="arg">name</em></h4>
2825</div>
2826
2827<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>set the font to use when annotating images with text, or creating labels.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2828
2829<p>To print a complete list of fonts, use the <a href="#list">-list font</a> option (for versions prior to 6.3.6, use 'type' instead of 'font').</p>
2830
2831<p>In addition to the fonts specified by the above pre-defined list, you can
2832also specify a font from a specific source.  For example <kbd>Arial.ttf</kbd>
2833is a TrueType font file, <kbd>ps:helvetica</kbd> is PostScript font, and
2834<kbd>x:fixed</kbd> is X11 font.</p>
2835
2836<p>For other settings that affect fonts, see the options <a href="#family">-family</a>, <a href="#stretch">-stretch</a>, <a href="#style">-style</a>, and <a href="#weight">-weight</a>. </p>
2837
2838
2839<div style="margin: auto;">
2840  <h4><a name="foreground" id="foreground"></a>-foreground <em class="arg">color</em></h4>
2841</div>
2842
2843<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Define the foreground color.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2844
2845<p>The color is specified using the format described under the <a href="#fill">-fill</a> option.</p>
2846
2847<p>The default foreground color is black.</p>
2848
2849<div style="margin: auto;">
2850  <h4><a name="format" id="format"></a>-format <em class="arg">type</em></h4>
2851</div>
2852
2853<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>the image format type.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2854
2855<p>When used with the <kbd>mogrify</kbd> utility, this option converts any image to the image <a href="/www/formats.html">format</a> you specify.  For a list of image format types supported by ImageMagick, use <a href="#list">-list format</a>.</p>
2856
2857<p>By default the file is written to its original name. However, if the filename extension matches a supported format, the extension is replaced with the image format type specified with <a href="#format">-format</a>. For example, if you specify <em class="arg">tiff</em> as the format type and the input image filename is <em class="arg">image.gif</em>, the output image filename becomes <em class="arg">image.tiff</em>.</p>
2858
2859<div style="margin: auto;">
2860  <h4><a name="format_identify_" id="format_identify_"></a>-format <em class="arg">string</em></h4>
2861</div>
2862
2863<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>output formatted image characteristics.</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/identify.html">identify</a>]</td></tr></table>
2864
2865<p>See <a href="/www/escape.html">Format and Print Image Properties</a> for an explanation on how to specify the argument to this option.</p>
2866
2867<div style="margin: auto;">
2868  <h4><a name="frame" id="frame"></a>-frame <em class="arg">geometry</em></h4>
2869</div>
2870
2871<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Surround the image with a border or beveled frame.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2872
2873<p>The color of the border is specified with the <a href="#mattecolor">-mattecolor</a> command line option. </p>
2874
2875<p>See <a href="/www/command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument. The <em class="arg">size</em> portion of the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument indicates the amount of extra width and height that is added to the dimensions of the image. If no offsets are given in the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument, then the border added is a solid color.  Offsets <em>x</em> and <em>y</em>, if present, specify that the width and height of the border is partitioned to form an outer bevel of thickness <em>x</em>&nbsp;pixels and an inner bevel of thickness <em>y</em>&nbsp;pixels. (Negative offsets make no sense here.)  The <a href="#frame">-frame</a> option is not affected by the <a href="#gravity">-gravity</a> option.</p>
2876
2877
2878<div style="margin: auto;">
2879  <h4><a name="frame_import_" id="frame_import_"></a>-frame</h4>
2880</div>
2881
2882<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>include the X window frame in the imported image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/import.html">import</a>]</td></tr></table>
2883
2884<div style="margin: auto;">
2885  <h4><a name="function" id="function"></a>-function <em class="arg">function</em> <em class="arg">parameters</em></h4>
2886</div>
2887
2888<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Apply a function to channel values.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
2889
2890<p>This operator performs calculations based on the given arguments to modify each of the color values for each previously set <a href="#channel">-channel</a> in the image. See <a href="#evaluate">-evaluate</a> for details concerning how the results of the calculations are handled.</p>
2891
2892<p>This is can be considered a multi-argument version of the <a href="#evaluate">-evaluate</a> operator. (Added in ImageMagick&nbsp;6.4.8&minus;8.)</p>
2893
2894<p>Here,  <em class="arg">parameters</em> is a comma-separated list of numerical values. The number of values varies depending on which <em class="arg">function</em> is selected. Choose the <em class="arg">function</em> from:</p>
2895
2896<pre class="text">
2897  Polynomial
2898  Sinusoid
2899  Arcsin
2900  Arctan
2901</pre>
2902
2903<p>To print a complete list of <a href="#function">-function</a> operators, use <a href="#list">-list function</a>. Descriptions follow.</p>
2904
2905<dl class="doc">
2906<dt><kbd>Polynomial</kbd></dt>
2907<dd>
2908<p>The <kbd>Polynomial</kbd> function takes an arbitrary number of parameters, these being the coefficients of a polynomial, in decreasing order of degree. That is, entering</p>
2909
2910<div style="text-align: center">
2911   -function Polynomial <em>a</em><sub><em>n</em></sub>,<em>a</em><sub><em>n</em>-1</sub>,...<em>a</em><sub>1</sub>,<em>a</em><sub>0</sub>
2912</div>
2913
2914<p>will invoke a polynomial function given by</p>
2915
2916<div style="text-align: center">
2917   <em>a</em><sub><em>n</em></sub> <b><em>u</em></b><sup><em>n</em></sup> +
2918   <em>a</em><sub><em>n</em>-1</sub> <b><em>u</em></b><sup><em>n</em>-1</sup> +
2919   &middot;&middot;&middot; <em>a</em><sub>1</sub> <b><em>u</em></b> + <em>a</em><sub>0</sub>,
2920</div>
2921
2922<p>where <b><em>u</em></b> is pixel's original normalized channel value.</p>
2923
2924<p>The <kbd>Polynomial</kbd> function can be used in place of <kbd>Set</kbd> (the <em>constant</em> polynomial) and <kbd>Add</kbd>, <kbd>Divide</kbd>, <kbd>Multiply</kbd>, and <kbd>Subtract</kbd> (some <em>linear</em> polynomials) of the <a href="#evaluate">-evaluate</a> operator. The <a href="#level">-level</a> operator also affects channels linearly. Some correspondences follow.</p>
2925
2926<table class="doc">
2927  <col width="35%" />
2928  <col width="35%" />
2929  <col width="30%" />
2930  <tr>
2931        <td>-evaluate Set <em class="arg">value</em> </td>
2932        <td>-function Polynomial <em class="arg">value</em></td>
2933        <td>(Constant functions; set <em class="arg">value</em>&times;100% gray when channels are RGB.)</td>
2934  </tr>
2935  <tr>
2936        <td>-evaluate Add <em class="arg">value</em> </td>
2937        <td>-function Polynomial 1,<em class="arg">value</em></td>
2938  </tr>
2939  <tr>
2940        <td>-evaluate Subtract <em class="arg">value</em> </td>
2941        <td>-function Polynomial 1,&minus;<em class="arg">value</em></td>
2942  </tr>
2943  <tr>
2944        <td>-evaluate Multiply <em class="arg">value</em> </td>
2945        <td>-function Polynomial <em class="arg">value</em>,0</td>
2946  </tr>
2947  <tr>
2948        <td>+level  black% x white%</td>
2949        <td>-function Polynomial  A,B</td>
2950        <td>(Reduce contrast. Here, A=(white-black)/100 and  B=black/100.)</td>
2951  </tr>
2952</table>
2953
2954<p>The <kbd>Polynomial</kbd> function gives great versatility, since polynomials can be used to fit any continuous curve to any degree of accuracy desired.</p>
2955</dd>
2956
2957<dt><kbd>Sinusoid</kbd></dt>
2958<dd>
2959<p>The <kbd>Sinusoid</kbd> function can be used to vary the channel values sinusoidally by setting frequency, phase shift, amplitude, and a bias. These values are given as one to four parameters, as follows,</p>
2960
2961<div style="text-align: center">
2962   -function <kbd>Sinusoid</kbd> <em class="arg">freq</em>,[<em class="arg">phase</em>,[<em class="arg">amp</em>,[<em class="arg">bias</em>]]]
2963</div>
2964
2965<p>where <em>phase</em> is in degrees. (The domain [0,1] of the function corresponds to 0 through <em class="arg">freq</em>&times;360&nbsp;degrees.) The result is that if a pixel's normalized channel value is originally <b><em>u</em></b>, its resulting normalized value is given by </p>
2966
2967<div style="text-align: center">
2968<em class="arg">amp</em> * sin(2*&pi;* (<em class="arg">freq</em> * <b><em>u</em></b> + <em class="arg">phase</em> / 360)) + <em class="arg">bias</em>
2969</div>
2970
2971<p> For example, the following generates a curve that starts and ends at 0.9 (when <b><em>u</em></b>=0 and 1, resp.), oscillating three times between .7&minus;.2=.5 and .7+.2=.9. </p>
2972
2973<p class="crtsnip">
2974   -function Sinusoid 3,-90,.2,.7
2975</p>
2976
2977<p>The default values of <em class="arg">amp</em> and <em class="arg">bias</em> are both .5. The default for <em class="arg">phase</em> is 0.</p>
2978
2979<p>The <kbd>Sinusoid</kbd> function generalizes <kbd>Sin</kbd> and <kbd>Cos</kbd> of the <a href="#evaluate">-evaluate</a> operator by allowing varying amplitude, phase and bias. The correspondence is as follows.</p>
2980
2981<table class="doc">
2982  <tr>
2983        <td>-evaluate Sin <em class="arg">freq</em> </td>
2984        <td>-function Sinusoid <em class="arg">freq</em>,0 </td>
2985  </tr>
2986  <tr>
2987        <td>-evaluate Cos <em class="arg">freq</em> </td>
2988        <td>-function Sinusoid <em class="arg">freq</em>,90 </td>
2989  </tr>
2990</table>
2991</dd>
2992
2993<dt><kbd>ArcSin</kbd></dt>
2994<dd>
2995<p>The <kbd>ArcSin</kbd> function generates the inverse curve of a Sinusoid,
2996and can be used to generate cylindrical distortion and displacement maps.
2997The curve can be adjusted relative to both the input values and output range
2998of values.
2999
3000<div style="text-align: center">
3001   -function <kbd>ArcSin</kbd> <em class="arg">width</em>,[<em class="arg">center</em>,[<em class="arg">range</em>,[<em class="arg">bias</em>]]]
3002</div>
3003
3004<p>with all values given in terms of noramlize color values (0.0 for black,
30051.0 for white). Defaulting to values covering the full range from 0.0 to 1.0
3006for bout input (<em class="arg">width</em>), and output (<em
3007class="arg">width</em>) values. '<code>1.0,0.5,1.0,0.5</code>' </p>
3008
3009<div style="text-align: center">
3010<em class="arg">range</em>/&pi; * asin( 2/<em class="arg">width</em> * ( <b><em>u</em></b> - <em class="arg">center</em> ) ) + <em class="arg">bias</em>
3011</div>
3012
3013</dd>
3014
3015<dt><kbd>ArcTan</kbd></dt>
3016<dd>
3017<p>The <kbd>ArcTan</kbd> function generates a curve that smooth crosses from
3018limit values at infinities, though a center using the given slope value.
3019All these values can be adjusted via the arguments.
3020
3021<div style="text-align: center">
3022   -function <kbd>ArcTan</kbd> <em class="arg">slope</em>,[<em class="arg">center</em>,[<em class="arg">range</em>,[<em class="arg">bias</em>]]]
3023</div>
3024
3025<p>Defaulting to '<code>1.0,0.5,1.0,0.5</code>'.
3026</p>
3027
3028<div style="text-align: center">
3029<em class="arg">range</em>/&pi; * atan( <em class="arg">slope</em>*&pi; * ( <b><em>u</em></b> - <em class="arg">center</em> ) ) + <em class="arg">bias</em>
3030</div>
3031
3032</dd>
3033
3034</dl>
3035
3036
3037<div style="margin: auto;">
3038  <h4><a name="fuzz" id="fuzz"></a>-fuzz <em class="arg">distance</em>{<em class="arg">%</em>}</h4>
3039</div>
3040
3041<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Colors within this <em class="arg">distance</em> are considered equal.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3042
3043<p>A number of algorithms search for a target color. By default the color must be exact. Use this option to match colors that are close to the target color in RGB space. For example, if you want to automagically trim the edges of an image with <a href="#trim">-trim</a> but the image was scanned and the target background color may differ by a small amount. This option can account for these differences.</p>
3044
3045<p>The <em class="arg">distance</em> can be in absolute intensity units or, by appending <kbd>%</kbd> as a percentage of the maximum possible intensity (255, 65535, or 4294967295).</p>
3046
3047
3048<div style="margin: auto;">
3049  <h4><a name="fx" id="fx"></a>-fx <em class="arg">expression</em></h4>
3050</div>
3051
3052<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>apply a mathematical expression to an image or image channels.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3053
3054<p>If the first character of <em class="arg">expression</em> is <kbd>@</kbd>, the expression is read from a file titled by the remaining characters in the string.</p>
3055
3056<p>See <a href="/www/fx.html">FX, The Special Effects Image Operator</a> for a detailed discussion of this option.</p>
3057
3058
3059<div style="margin: auto;">
3060  <h4><a name="gamma" id="gamma"></a>-gamma <em class="arg">value</em></h4>
3061</div>
3062
3063<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>level of gamma correction.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3064
3065<p>The same color image displayed on two different workstations may look different due to differences in the display monitor. Use gamma correction to adjust for this color difference.  Reasonable values extend from <kbd>0.8</kbd> to <kbd>2.3</kbd>. Gamma less than 1.0 darkens the image and gamma greater than 1.0 lightens it. Large adjustments to image gamma may result in the loss of some image information if the pixel quantum size is only eight bits (quantum range 0 to 255).</p>
3066
3067<p>Gamma adjusts the image's channel values pixel-by-pixel according to a power law, namely, pow(pixel,1/gamma) or pixel^(1/gamma), where pixel is the normalized or 0 to 1 color value. For example, using a value of gamma=2 is the same as taking the square root of the image.</p>
3068
3069<p>You can apply separate gamma values to the red, green, and blue channels of the image with a gamma value list delimited with commas (e.g., <kbd>1.7,2.3,1.2</kbd>).</p>
3070
3071<p>Use <a href="#gamma">+gamma <em class="arg">value</em></a> to set the image gamma level without actually adjusting the image pixels. This option is useful if the image is of a known gamma but not set as an image attribute (e.g. PNG images).</p>
3072
3073<p>Note that gamma adjustments are also available via the <a href="#level">-level</a> operator.</p>
3074
3075<div style="margin: auto;">
3076  <h4><a name="gaussian-blur" id="gaussian-blur"></a>-gaussian-blur <em class="arg">radius</em><br />-gaussian-blur <em class="arg">radius</em>x<em class="arg">sigma</em></h4>
3077</div>
3078
3079<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Blur the image with a Gaussian operator.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3080
3081<p>Convolve the image with a Gaussian or normal distribution.  The formula is:</p>
3082
3083<div class="eqn"><img alt="gaussian distribution" width="243px" height="42px" src="/images/gaussian-blur.png"/>
3084</div>
3085
3086<p>where <i>r</i> is the blur radius (<i>r</i><sup>2</sup> = <i>u</i><sup>2</sup> + <i>v</i><sup>2</sup>), and &sigma; is the standard deviation of the Gaussian distribution.  As a guideline, set <i>r</i> to approximately 3&sigma;.  Specify a radius of 0 and ImageMagick selects a suitable radius for you.</p>
3087
3088<p>This differs from the faster <a href="#blur">-blur</a> operator in that a
3089full 2-dimentional convolution is used to generate the weighted average of the
3090neighbouring pixels. </p>
3091
3092<p>The <a href="#virtual-pixel">-virtual-pixel</a> setting will determine how
3093pixels which are outside the image proper are blurred into the final result.
3094</p>
3095
3096
3097<div style="margin: auto;">
3098  <h4><a name="geometry" id="geometry"></a>-geometry <em class="arg">geometry</em></h4>
3099</div>
3100
3101<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Set the preferred size and location of the image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3102
3103<p>See <a href="/www/command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
3104
3105<div style="margin: auto;">
3106  <h4><a name="gravity" id="gravity"></a>-gravity <em class="arg">type</em></h4>
3107</div>
3108
3109<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Sets the current gravity suggestion for various other settings and options.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3110
3111<p>Choices include: <kbd>NorthWest</kbd>, <kbd>North</kbd>, <kbd>NorthEast</kbd>,
3112<kbd>West</kbd>, <kbd>Center</kbd>, <kbd>East</kbd>, <kbd>SouthWest</kbd>,
3113<kbd>South</kbd>, <kbd>SouthEast</kbd>.  Use <a href="#list">-list gravity</a> to get a complete
3114list of <a href="#gravity">-gravity</a> settings available in your ImageMagick
3115installation.</p>
3116
3117<p>The direction you choose specifies where to position text or subimages. For example, a gravity of <kbd>Center</kbd> forces the text to be centered within the image. By default, the image gravity is <kbd>NorthWest</kbd>. See <a href="#draw">-draw</a> for more details about graphic primitives.  Only the text primitive of <a href="#draw">-draw</a> affected by the <a href="#gravity">-gravity</a> option.</p>
3118
3119<p>The <a href="#gravity">-gravity</a> option is also used in concert with the <a href="#geometry">-geometry</a> setting and other settings or options that take <em class="arg">geometry</em> as an argument, such as the <a href="#crop">-crop</a> option. </p>
3120
3121<p>If a <a href="#gravity">-gravity</a> setting occurs before another option or setting having a <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument that specifies an offset, the offset is usually applied to the point within the image suggested by the <a href="#gravity">-gravity</a> argument.  Thus, in the following command, for example, suppose the file <kbd>image.png</kbd> has dimensions 200x100. The offset specified by the argument to <a href="#region">-region</a> is (&minus;40,+20). The argument to <a href="#gravity">-gravity</a> is <kbd>Center</kbd>, which suggests the midpoint of the image, at the point (100,50). The offset (&minus;40,20) is applied to that point, giving (100&minus;40,50+20)=(60,70), so the specified 10x10&nbsp;region is located at that point. (In addition, the <a href="#gravity">-gravity</a> affects the region itself, which is <em>centered</em> at the pixel coordinate&nbsp;(60,70). (See <a href="/www/command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.)</p>
3122
3123<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert image.png -gravity Center -region 10x10-40+20 -negate output.png</span></p>
3124<p>When used as an option to <a href="/www/composite.html">composite</a>, <a href="#gravity">-gravity</a> gives the direction that the image gravitates within the composite.</p>
3125
3126<p>When used as an option to <a href="/www/montage.html">montage</a>, <a href="#gravity">-gravity</a> gives the direction that an image gravitates within a tile. The default gravity is <kbd>Center</kbd> for this purpose.</p>
3127
3128
3129<div style="margin: auto;">
3130  <h4><a name="green-primary" id="green-primary"></a>-green-primary <em class="arg">x,y</em></h4>
3131</div>
3132
3133<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>green chromaticity primary point.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3134
3135
3136<div style="margin: auto;">
3137  <h4><a name="hald-clut" id="hald-clut"></a>-hald-clut</h4>
3138</div>
3139
3140<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>apply a Hald color lookup table to the image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3141
3142<p>A Hald color lookup table is a 3-dimensional color cube mapped to 2
3143dimensions.  Create it with the <kbd>HALD:</kbd> prefix (e.g. HALD:8).  You
3144can apply any color transformation to the Hald image and then use this option
3145to apply the transform to the image. </p>
3146
3147<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert image.png hald.png -hald-clut transform.png</span></p>
3148<p>This option provides a convenient method for you to use Gimp or Photoshop
3149to make color corrections to the Hald CLUT image and subsequently apply them
3150to multiple images using an ImageMagick script. </p>
3151
3152<p>Note that the representation is only of the normal RGB color space and that
3153the whole color value triplet is used for the interpolated lookup of the
3154represented Hald color cube image.  Because of this the operation is not <a
3155href="#channel" >-channel</a> setting effected, nor can it adjust or modify an
3156images transparency or alpha/matte channel.</p>
3157
3158<p>See also <a href="#clut" >-clut</a> which provides color value replacement
3159of the individual color channels, usally involving a simplier gray-scale
3160image. E.g:  gray-scale to color replacement, or modification by a histogram
3161mapping. </p>
3162
3163
3164<div style="margin: auto;">
3165  <h4><a name="help" id="help"></a>-help</h4>
3166</div>
3167
3168<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>print usage instructions.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3169
3170<div style="margin: auto;">
3171  <h4><a name="highlight-color" id="highlight-color"></a>-highlight-color <em class="arg">color</em></h4>
3172</div>
3173
3174<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>when comparing images, emphasize pixel differences with this color.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3175
3176<div style="margin: auto;">
3177  <h4><a name="iconGeometry" id="iconGeometry"></a>-iconGeometry <em class="arg">geometry</em></h4>
3178</div>
3179
3180<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>specify the icon geometry.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3181
3182<p>Offsets, if present in the geometry specification, are handled in the same manner as the <a href="#geometry">-geometry</a> option, using X11 style to handle negative offsets.</p>
3183
3184<p>See <a href="/www/command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
3185
3186<div style="margin: auto;">
3187  <h4><a name="iconic" id="iconic"></a>-iconic</h4>
3188</div>
3189
3190<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>iconic animation.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3191
3192<div style="margin: auto;">
3193  <h4><a name="identify" id="identify"></a>-identify</h4>
3194</div>
3195
3196<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>identify the format and characteristics of the image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3197
3198<p>This information is printed: image scene number; image name; image size; the image class (<em class="arg">DirectClass</em> or <em class="arg">PseudoClass</em>); the total number of unique colors; and the number of seconds to read and transform the image. Refer to <a href="/www/miff.html">MIFF</a> for a description of the image class.</p>
3199
3200<p>If <a href="#colors">-colors</a> is also specified, the total unique colors in the image and color reduction error values are printed. Refer to <a href="/www/quantize.html">color reduction algorithm</a> for a description of these values.</p>
3201
3202<p>If <a href="#verbose">-verbose</a> preceds this option, copious
3203amounts of image properties are displayed including image statistics, profiles,
3204image histogram, and others.</p>
3205
3206<div style="margin: auto;">
3207  <h4><a name="ift" id="ift"></a>-ift</h4>
3208</div>
3209
3210<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>implements the inverse discrete Fourier transform (DFT).</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3211
3212<p>This option is new as of ImageMagick 6.5.4-3 and transforms a pair of magnitude and phase images from the frequency domain to a single image in the normal or spatial domain. See for example, <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fourier_transform" target="_blank">Fourier Transform</a>, <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DFT" target="_blank">Discrete Fourier Transform</a> and <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FFT" target="_blank">Fast Fourier Transform</a>.</p>
3213
3214<p>For example, depending upon the image format used to store the result of the <a href="#fft">-fft</a>, one would use either</p>
3215
3216<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert fft_image.miff -ift fft_image_ift.png</span></p>
3217<p>or</p>
3218
3219<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert fft_image-0.png fft_image-1.png -ift fft_image_ift.png</span></p>
3220
3221<p>The resulting image may need to be cropped due to padding introduced when the original image, prior to the <a href="#fft">-fft</a> or <a href="#fft">+fft</a>, was not square or even dimensioned. Any padding will be at the right and/or bottom sides of the image.
3222
3223<p>The <a href="http://www.fftw.org/" target="_blank">FFTW</a> delegate library is required to use <a href="#ift">-ift</a>.
3224
3225<p>Use <a href="#ift">+ift</a> (with HDRI enabled) to transform a pair of real and imaginary images from the frequency domain to a single image in the normal (spatial) domain.
3226
3227<div style="margin: auto;">
3228  <h4><a name="immutable" id="immutable"></a>-immutable</h4>
3229</div>
3230
3231<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>make image immutable.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3232
3233<div style="margin: auto;">
3234  <h4><a name="implode" id="implode"></a>-implode <em class="arg">factor</em></h4>
3235</div>
3236
3237<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>implode image pixels about the center.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3238
3239<div style="margin: auto;">
3240  <h4><a name="insert" id="insert"></a>-insert <em class="arg">index</em></h4>
3241</div>
3242
3243<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>insert the last image into the image sequence.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3244
3245<p>This option takes last image in the current image sequence and inserts it at the given index. If a negative index is used, the insert position is calculated before the last image is removed from the sequence. As such <kbd>-insert -1</kbd> will result in no change to the image sequence.</p>
3246
3247<p>The <kbd>+insert</kbd> option is equivalent to <kbd>-insert -1</kbd>. In other words, insert the last image, at the end of the current image sequence. Consequently this has no effect on the image sequence order.</p>
3248
3249<div style="margin: auto;">
3250  <h4><a name="intent" id="intent"></a>-intent <em class="arg">type</em></h4>
3251</div>
3252
3253<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>use this type of rendering intent when managing the image color.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3254
3255<p>Use this option to affect the color management operation of an image (see <a href="#profile">-profile</a>).  Choose from these intents: <kbd>Absolute, Perceptual, Relative, Saturation</kbd>.</p>
3256
3257<p>The default intent is undefined.</p>
3258
3259<p>To print a complete list of rendering intents, use <a href="#list">-list intent</a>.</p>
3260
3261<div style="margin: auto;">
3262  <h4><a name="interlace" id="interlace"></a>-interlace <em class="arg">type</em></h4>
3263</div>
3264
3265<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>the type of interlacing scheme.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3266
3267<p>Choose from:</p>
3268
3269<pre class="text">
3270  none
3271  line
3272  plane
3273  partition
3274  JPEG
3275  GIF
3276  PNG
3277</pre>
3278
3279<p>This option is used to specify the type of interlacing scheme for raw image formats such as <kbd>RGB</kbd> or <kbd>YUV</kbd>.</p>
3280
3281<p><kbd>None</kbd> means do not interlace (RGBRGBRGBRGBRGBRGB...),</p>
3282
3283<p><kbd>Line</kbd> uses scanline interlacing (RRR...GGG...BBB...RRR...GGG...BBB...), and.</p>
3284
3285<p><kbd>Plane</kbd> uses plane interlacing (RRRRRR...GGGGGG...BBBBBB...).</p>
3286
3287<p><kbd>Partition</kbd> is like plane except the different planes are saved to individual files (e.g. image.R,
3288image.G, and image.B).</p>
3289
3290<p>Use <kbd>Line</kbd> or <kbd>Plane</kbd> to create an <kbd>interlaced PNG</kbd> or <kbd>GIF</kbd> or <kbd>progressive JPEG</kbd>
3291image.</p>
3292
3293<p>To print a complete list of interlacing schemes, use <a href="#list">-list interlace</a>.</p>
3294
3295<div style="margin: auto;">
3296  <h4><a name="interpolate" id="interpolate"></a>-interpolate <em class="arg">type</em></h4>
3297</div>
3298
3299<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Set the pixel color interpolation method to use when looking up a color based on a floating point or real value.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3300
3301<p>When looking up the color of a pixel using a non-interger floating point
3302value, you typically fall in between the pixel colors defined by the source
3303image. This setting determines how the color is determined from the colors of
3304the pixels surrounding that point.  That is how to determine the color of a
3305point that falls between two, or even four different colored pixels. </p>
3306
3307<pre class="text">
3308  integer:           The color of the top-left pixel (floor function)
3309  nearest-neighbor:  The nearest pixel to the lookup point (rounded function)
3310  average:           The average color of the surrounding four pixels
3311  bilinear           A double linear interpolation of pixels (the default)
3312  mesh               Divide area into two flat triangular interpolations
3313  bicubic            Fitted bicubic-spines of surrounding 16 pixels
3314  spline             Direct spline curves (colors are blurred)
3315  filter             Use resize <a href="#filter">-filter</a> settings
3316</pre>
3317
3318<p>This most important for distortion operators such as <a href="#distort"
3319>-distort</a>, <a href="#implode" >-implode</a>, <a href="#transform"
3320>-transform</a> and <a href="#fx" >-fx</a>. </p>
3321
3322<p>To print a complete list of interpolation methods, use <a href="#list">-list interpolate</a>.</p>
3323
3324<p>See also <a href="#virtual-pixel" >-virtual-pixel</a>, for control of the
3325lookup for positions outside the boundaries of the image. </p>
3326
3327
3328<div style="margin: auto;">
3329  <h4><a name="interline-spacing" id="interline-spacing"></a>-interline-spacing <em class="arg">value</em></h4>
3330</div>
3331
3332<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>the space between two text lines.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3333
3334<div style="margin: auto;">
3335  <h4><a name="interword-spacing" id="interword-spacing"></a>-interword-spacing <em class="arg">value</em></h4>
3336</div>
3337
3338<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>the space between two words.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3339
3340<div style="margin: auto;">
3341  <h4><a name="kerning" id="kerning"></a>-kerning <em class="arg">value</em></h4>
3342</div>
3343
3344<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>the space between two letters.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3345
3346<div style="margin: auto;">
3347  <h4><a name="label" id="label"></a>-label <em class="arg">name</em></h4>
3348</div>
3349
3350<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>assign a label to an image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3351
3352<p>Use this option to assign a specific label to the image, as it is read in or created.  You can use the <a href="#set" >-set</a> operation to re-assign a the labels of images already read in.  Image formats such as TIFF, PNG, MIFF, supports saving the label information with the image.</p>
3353
3354<p>When saving an image to a <em class="arg">PostScript</em> file, any label assigned to an image is used as a header string to print above the postscript image. </p>
3355
3356<p>You can include the image filename, type, width, height, or other image attribute by embedding special format character.  See <a href="#format">-format</a> for details of the percent escape codes.</p>
3357
3358<p>For example,</p>
3359
3360<p class="crtsnip">
3361  -label "%m:%f %wx%h"  bird.miff
3362</p>
3363
3364<p>assigns an image label of <kbd>MIFF:bird.miff 512x480</kbd> to the "<kbd>bird.miff</kbd>" image and whose width is 512 and height is 480, as it is read in.  If a  <a href="#label">+label</a> option was used instead, any existing label present in the image would be used.  You can remove all labels from an image by assigning the empty string. </p>
3365
3366<p>A label is not drawn on the image, but is embedded in the image datastream via <em>Label</em> tag or similar mechanism. If you want the label to be visible on the image itself, use the <a href="#draw">-draw</a> option, or during the final processing in the creation of a image montage.</p>
3367
3368<p>The label font can be specified with <a href="#font">-font</a>, and the
3369other font attribute settings.</p>
3370
3371<p>If the first character of <em class="arg">string</em> is <em class="arg">@</em>, the image label is read from a file titled by the remaining characters in the string. Labels in a file are literal, no embedded formatting characters are recognized.</p>
3372
3373
3374<div style="margin: auto;">
3375  <h4><a name="lat" id="lat"></a>-lat <em class="arg">width</em><br />-lat <em class="arg">width</em>x<em class="arg">height</em>{<em class="arg">+-</em>}<em class="arg">offset</em>{<em class="arg">%</em>}</h4>
3376</div>
3377
3378<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>perform local adaptive threshold.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3379
3380<p>Adaptively threshold each pixel based on the value of pixels in a
3381surrounding window.  If the current pixel is lighter than this average plus
3382the optional <kbd>offset</kbd>, then it is made white, otherwise it is made
3383black.  Small variations in pixel values such as found in scanned documents
3384can be ignored if offset is positive. A negative offset will make it more
3385sensitive to those small variations. </p>
3386
3387<p>This is commonly used to threshold images with an uneven background.  It is
3388based on the assumption that average color of the small window is the
3389the local background color, from which to separate the forground color. </p>
3390
3391
3392<div style="margin: auto;">
3393  <h4><a name="layers" id="layers"></a>-layers <em class="arg">method</em></h4>
3394</div>
3395
3396<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>handle multiple images forming a set of image layers or animation frames.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3397
3398<p>Perform various image operation methods to a ordered sequence of images
3399which may represent either a set of overlaid 'image layers', a GIF disposal
3400animation, or a fully-'coalesced' animation sequence. </p>
3401
3402<table class="doc">
3403  <tbody>
3404  <tr valign="top">
3405    <th align="left" style="width: 8%">Method</th>
3406    <th align="left">Description</th>
3407  </tr>
3408
3409  <tr valign="top">
3410    <td valign="top">compare-any</td>
3411    <td valign="top">Crop the second and later frames to the smallest rectangle
3412        that contains all the differences between the two images.  No GIF <a
3413        href="#dispose" >-dispose</a> methods are taken into account. </td>
3414  </tr>
3415
3416  <tr><td></td><td>This exactly the same as the <a href="#deconstruct"
3417        >-deconstruct</a> operator, and does not preserve animations normal
3418        working, especially when animation used layer disposal methods such as
3419        '<kbd>Previous</kbd>' or '<kbd>Background</kbd>'. </td>
3420  </tr>
3421
3422  <tr valign="top">
3423    <td valign="top">compare-clear</td>
3424    <td valign="top">As '<kbd>compare-any</kbd>' but crop to the bounds of any
3425       opaque pixels which become transparent in the second frame. That is the
3426       smallest image needed to mask or erase pixels for the next frame. </td>
3427  </tr>
3428
3429  <tr valign="top">
3430    <td valign="top">compare-overlay</td>
3431    <td valign="top">As '<kbd>compare-any</kbd>' but crop to pixels that add
3432       extra color to the next image, as a result of overlaying color pixels.
3433       That is the smallest single overlaid image to add or change colors. </td>
3434   </tr>
3435
3436   <tr><td></td><td>This can be used with the <a href="#compose" >-compose</a> alpha
3437       composition method '<kbd>change-mask</kbd>', to reduce the image to
3438       just the pixels that need to be overlaid. </td>
3439   </tr>
3440
3441  <tr valign="top">
3442    <td valign="top">coalesce</td>
3443    <td valign="top">Equivalent to a call to the <a href="#coalesce"
3444        >-coalesce</a> operator.  Apply the layer disposal methods set in the
3445        current image sequence to form a fully defined animation sequence, as
3446        it should be displayed.  Effectively converting a GIF animation into a
3447        'film strip'-like animation.  </td>
3448  </tr>
3449
3450  <tr valign="top">
3451    <td valign="top">composite</td>
3452    <td valign="top">Alpha Composition of two image lists, separated by a
3453        "<kbd>null:</kbd>" image, with the destination image list first, and
3454        the source images last.  An image from each list are composited
3455        together until one list is finished. The separator image and source
3456        image lists are removed. </td>
3457  </tr>
3458
3459
3460  <tr><td></td><td>The <a href="#geometry" >-geometry</a> offset is adjusted according to
3461        <a href="#gravity" >-gravity</a> in accordance of the virtual canvas
3462        size of the first image in each list. Unlike a normal <a
3463        href="#composite" >-composite</a> operation, the canvas offset is also
3464        added to the final composite positioning of each image. </td>
3465  </tr>
3466
3467  <tr><td></td><td>If one of the image lists only contains one image, that image is
3468        applied to all the images in the other image list, regardless of which
3469        list it is. In this case it is the image meta-data of the list which
3470        preserved.  </td>
3471  </tr>
3472
3473
3474  <tr valign="top">
3475    <td valign="top">dispose</td>
3476    <td valign="top">This like '<kbd>coalesce</kbd>' but shows the look of
3477        the animation after the layer disposal method has been applied, before
3478        the next sub-frame image is overlaid. That is the 'dispose' image that
3479        results from the application of the GIF <a href="#dispose"
3480        >-dispose</a> method.  This allows you to check what
3481        is going wrong with a particular animation you may be developing.
3482        </td>
3483  </tr>
3484
3485  <tr valign="top">
3486    <td valign="top">flatten</td>
3487    <td valign="top">Create a canvas the size of the first images virtual
3488        canvas using the current <a href="#background" >-background</a> color,
3489        and <a href="#compose" >-compose</a> each image in turn onto that
3490        canvas.  Images falling outside that canvas is clipped. Final
3491        image will have a zero virtual canvas offset. </td>
3492  </tr>
3493
3494  <tr><td></td><td>This usally used as one of the final 'image layering' operations
3495        overlaying all the prepared image layers into a final image. </td>
3496  </tr>
3497
3498  <tr><td></td><td>For a single image this method can also be used to fillout a virtual
3499        canvas with real pixels, or to underlay a opaque color to remove
3500        transparency from an image.</td>
3501  </tr>
3502
3503
3504  <tr valign="top">
3505    <td valign="top">merge</td>
3506    <td valign="top">As 'flatten' method but merging all the given image
3507        layers into a new layer image just large enough to hold all the image
3508        without clipping or extra space. The new images virtual offset will
3509        prevere the position of the new layer, even if this offset is
3510        negative.  the virtual canvas size of the first image is preserved.
3511        </td>
3512    </tr>
3513
3514     <tr><td></td><td>Caution is advised when handling image layers with negative offsets
3515        as few image file formats handle them correctly. </td>
3516  </tr>
3517
3518  <tr valign="top">
3519    <td valign="top">mosaic</td>
3520    <td valign="top">As 'flatten' method but expanding the initial canvas size
3521        of the first image so as to hold all the image layers.  However as a
3522        virtual canvas is 'locked' to the origin, by defination, image layers
3523        with a negative offsets will still be clipped by the top and left
3524        edges.</td>
3525  </tr>
3526
3527  <tr><td></td><td>This method is commonly used to layout individual image using various
3528        offset but without knowning the final canvas size. The resulting image
3529        will, like 'flatten' not have any virtual offset, so can be saved to
3530        any image file format. </td>
3531  </tr>
3532
3533
3534  <tr valign="top">
3535    <td valign="top">optimize</td>
3536    <td valign="top">Optimize a coalesced animation, into GIF animation using
3537        a number of general techniques.  This currently a short cut to
3538        apply both the '<kbd>optimize-frame</kbd>', and
3539        '<kbd>optimize-transparency</kbd>' methods but may be expanded to
3540        include other optimization methods as they are developed. </td>
3541  </tr>
3542
3543  <tr valign="top">
3544    <td valign="top">optimize-frame</td>
3545    <td valign="top">Optimize a coalesced animation, into GIF animation by
3546        reducing the number of pixels per frame as much as possible by
3547        attempting to pick the best layer disposal method to use, while ensuring
3548        the result will continue to animate properly. </td>
3549  </tr>
3550
3551  <tr><td></td><td> There is no guarantee that the best optimization is found. But
3552        then no reasonably fast GIF optimization algorithm can do this.
3553        However this does seem to do better than most other GIF frame
3554        optimizers seen. </td>
3555  </tr>
3556
3557  <tr valign="top">
3558    <td valign="top">optimize-plus</td>
3559    <td valign="top">As '<kbd>optimize-frame</kbd>' but attempt to improve the
3560        overall optimization by adding extra frames to the animation, without
3561        changing the final look or timing of the animation.  The frames are
3562        added to attempt to separate the clearing of pixels from the
3563        overlaying of new additional pixels from one animation frame to the
3564        next.  If this does not improve the optimization (for the next frame
3565        only), it will fall back to the results of the previous normal
3566        '<kbd>optimize-frame</kbd>' technique. </td>
3567  </tr>
3568
3569  <tr><td></td><td>There is the possibility that the change in the disposal style will
3570        result in a worsening in the optimization of later frames, though this
3571        is unlikely. In other words there no guarantee that it is better than
3572        the normal '<kbd>optimize-frame</kbd>' technique. For some animations
3573        however you can get a vast improvment in the final animation size. </td>
3574  </tr>
3575
3576  <tr valign="top">
3577    <td valign="top">optimize-transparency</td>
3578    <td valign="top">Given a GIF animation, replace any pixel in the sub-frame
3579        overlay images with transparency, if it does not change the resulting
3580        animation by more than the current <a href="#fuzz" >-fuzz</a> factor.
3581        </td>
3582  </tr>
3583
3584  <tr><td></td><td>This should allow a existing frame optimized GIF animation to compress
3585        into a smaller file size due to larger areas of one (transparent)
3586        color rather than a pattern of multiple colors repeating the current
3587        disposed image of the last frame. </td>
3588  </tr>
3589
3590  <tr valign="top">
3591    <td valign="top">remove-dups</td>
3592    <td valign="top">Remove (and merge time delays) of duplicate consecutive
3593        images, so as to simplify layer overlays of coalesced animations.
3594        </td>
3595  </tr>
3596
3597   <tr><td></td><td>Usually this a result of using a constant time delay across the
3598        whole animation, or after a larger animation was split into smaller
3599        sub-animations.  The duplicate frames could also have been used as
3600        part of some frame optimization methods. </td>
3601  </tr>
3602
3603  <tr valign="top">
3604    <td valign="top">remove-zero</td>
3605    <td valign="top">Remove any image with a zero time delay, unless ALL the
3606        images have a zero time delay (and is not a proper timed animation, a
3607        warning is then issued). </td>
3608  </tr>
3609
3610  <tr><td></td><td>In a GIF animation, such images are usually frames which provide
3611        partial intermediary updates between the frames that are actually
3612        displayed to users.  These frames are usally added for improved frame
3613        optimization in GIF animations. </td>
3614  </tr>
3615
3616  <tr valign="top">
3617    <td valign="top">trim-bounds</td>
3618    <td valign="top">Find the bounds of all the images in the current
3619        image sequence, then adjust the offsets so all images are contained on
3620        a minimal positive canvas. None of the image data is modified, only
3621        there virtual canvas size and offset.  The all the image is given
3622        the same canvas size, and and will have a positive offset, but will
3623        remain in the same position relative to each other. As a result of the
3624        minimal canvas size at least one image will touch every edge of that
3625        canvas.  The image data however may be transparent.
3626        </td>
3627  </tr>
3628
3629  </tbody>
3630</table>
3631
3632<p>To print a complete list of layer types, use <a href="#list">-list layers</a>.</p>
3633
3634<p>The operators <a href="#coalesce" >-coalesce</a>, <a href="#deconstruct"
3635>-deconstruct</a>, <a href="#flatten" >-flatten</a>, and <a href="#mosaic"
3636>-mosaic</a> are only aliases for the above methods.  Also see  <a
3637href="#page" >-page</a>,  <a href="#repage" >-repage</a> operators, the <a
3638href="#compose" >-compose</a> setting, and the GIF <a href="#dispose"
3639>-dispose</a> and  <a href="#delay" >-delay</a> settings. </p>
3640
3641
3642<div style="margin: auto;">
3643  <h4><a name="level" id="level"></a>-level <em class="arg">black_point</em>{,<em class="arg">white_point</em>}{<em class="arg">%</em>}{,<em class="arg">gamma</em>}</h4>
3644</div>
3645
3646<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>adjust the level of image channels.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3647
3648<p>Given one, two or three values delimited with commas: black-point,
3649white-point, gamma (for example: 10,250,1.0 or 2%,98%,0.5). The black and
3650white points range from 0 to <em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>, or from 0 to 100%; if the white
3651point is omitted it is set to (<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em> - black_point), so as to center
3652contrast changes.  If a <kbd>%</kbd> sign is present anywhere in the string,
3653both black and white points are percentages of the full color range.  Gamma
3654will do a <a href="#gamma">-gamma</a> adjustment of the values.  If it is
3655omitted, the default of 1.0 (no gamma correction) is assumed.</p>
3656
3657<p>In normal usage (<kbd>-level</kbd>) the image values are stretched so that
3658the given '<kbd>black_point</kbd>' value in the original image is set to
3659zero (or black), while the given '<kbd>white_point</kbd>' value is set to
3660<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em> (or white).  This provides you with direct contrast adjustments
3661to the image.  The '<kbd>gamma</kbd>' of the resulting image will then be
3662adjusted. </p>
3663
3664<p>From ImageMagick v6.4.1-9 using the plus form of the operator (<kbd>+level</kbd>) or
3665adding the special '!' flag anywhere in the argument list, will cause the
3666operator to do the reverse of the level adjustment.  That is a zero, or
3667<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em> value (black, and white, resp.) in the original image, is
3668adjusted to the given level values, allowing you to de-contrast, or compress
3669the channel values within the image. The '<kbd>gamma</kbd>' is adjusted before the level adjustment to de-contrast the image is made. </p>
3670
3671<p>Only the channels defined by the current <a href="#channel">-channel</a>
3672setting are adjusted (defaults to RGB color channels only), allowing you to
3673limit the effect of this operator. </p>
3674
3675<p>Please note that the transparency channel is treated as 'matte'
3676values (0 is opaque) and not as 'alpha' values (0 is transparent).</p>
3677
3678
3679<div style="margin: auto;">
3680  <h4><a name="level-colors" id="level-colors"></a>-level-colors {<em
3681  class="arg">black_color</em>}{,}{<em class="arg">white_color</em>}</h4>
3682</div>
3683
3684<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>adjust the level of an image using the provided dash seperated colors.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3685
3686<p>This function is exactly like <a href="#level">-level</a>, except that the
3687value value for each color channel is determined by the
3688'<kbd>black_color</kbd>' and '<kbd>white_color</kbd>' colors given (as
3689described under the <a href="#fill">-fill</a> option). </p>
3690
3691<p>This effectivally means the colors provided to <kbd>-level-colors</kbd>
3692is mapped to become 'black' and 'white' respectivally, with all the other
3693colors linearly adjusted (or clipped) to match that change. Each channel is
3694adjusted separatally using the channel values of the colors specified. </p>
3695
3696<p>On the other hand the plus form of the operator (<kbd>+level-colors</kbd>)
3697will map the image color 'black' and 'white' to the given colors
3698respectivally, resulting in a gradient (de-contrasting) tint of the image to
3699those colors. This can also be used to convert a plain gray-scale image into a
3700one using the gradient of colors specified. </p>
3701
3702<p>By supplying a single color with a comma separator either before or after
3703that color, will just replace the respective 'black' or 'white' point
3704respectivally.  But if no comma separator is provided, the given color is
3705used for both the black and white color points, making the operator either
3706threshold the images around that color (- form) or set all colors to that
3707color (+ form). </p>
3708
3709
3710<div style="margin: auto;">
3711  <h4><a name="limit" id="limit"></a>-limit <em class="arg">type value</em></h4>
3712</div>
3713
3714<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Set the pixel cache resource limit.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3715
3716<p>Choose from: <kbd>area</kbd>, <kbd>disk</kbd>, <kbd>file</kbd>, <kbd>map</kbd>, <kbd>memory</kbd>, <kbd>threads</kbd>, or <kbd>time</kbd>.</p>
3717
3718<p>The value for <kbd>file</kbd> is in number of files. The other limits are in bytes. By default the limits are 768 files, 2gb of image area, 1.5gb memory, 8gb memory map, and 16tb of disk.  These limits are adjusted relative to the available resources on your computer if this information is available.   When any limit is reached, ImageMagick fails in some fashion but attempts to take compensating actions, if possible. For example, the following limits memory:</p>
3719
3720<p class="crtsnip">
3721  -limit memory 32mb -limit map 64mb
3722</p>
3723
3724<p>Use <a href="#list">-list resource</a> to list the current limits. For example, our system shows these limits:</p>
3725
3726<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>identify -list resource</span><span class='crtout'><pre>File       Area     Memory        Map       Disk  Thread       Time
3727-------------------------------------------------------------------
3728 768   3.8187gb    2.864gb   7.6375gb       16eb       2  unlimited</pre>
3729</span></p>
3730<p>Requests for pixel storage to keep intermediate images are satisfied by one of three resource categories: in-memory pool, memory-mapped files pool, and disk pool (in that order) depending on the <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#limit">&#x2011;limit</a> settings and whether the system honors a resource request. If the total size of allocated pixel storage in the given pool reaches the corresponding limit, the request is passed to the next pool. Additionally, requests that exceed the  <kbd>area</kbd> limit automagically are allocated on disk.</p>
3731
3732<p>To illustrate how ImageMagick utilizes resource limits, consider a typical image resource request.  First, ImageMagick tries to allocate the pixels in memory.  The request might be denied if the resource request exceeds the <kbd>memory</kbd> limit or if the system does not honor the request.  If a memory request is not honored, the pixels are allocated to disk and the file is memory-mapped. However, if the allocation request exceeds the <kbd>map</kbd> limit, the resource allocation goes to disk. In all cases, if the resource request exceeds the <kbd>area</kbd> limit, the pixels are automagically cached to disk. If the disk has a hard limit, the program fails.</p>
3733
3734<p>In most cases you simply do not need to concern yourself with resource limits.  ImageMagick chooses reasonable defaults and most images do not tax your computer resources.  Where limits do come in handy is when you process images that are large or on shared systems where ImageMagick can consume all or most of the available memory. In this case, the ImageMagick workflow slows other processes or, in extreme cases, brings the system to a halt.  Under these circumstances, setting limits give some assurances that the ImageMagick workflow will not interfere with other concurrent uses of the computer.  For example, assume you have a web interface that processes images uploaded from the Internet.  To assure ImageMagick does not exceed 10mb of memory you can simply set the area limit to 10mb:</p>
3735
3736<p class="crtsnip">
3737-limit area 10mb
3738</p>
3739
3740<p>Now whenever a large image is processed, the pixels are automagically cached to disk instead of memory.  This of course implies that large images typically process very slowly, simply because pixel processing in memory can be an order of magnitude faster than on disk.  Because your web site users might inadvertedly upload a huge image to process, you should set a disk limit as well:</p>
3741
3742<p class="crtsnip">
3743-limit area 10mb -limit disk 500mb
3744</p>
3745
3746<p>Here ImageMagick stops processing if an image requires more than 500MB of disk storage.</p>
3747
3748<p>In addition to command-line resource limit option, resources can be set with <a href="/www/resources.html#environment">environment variables</a>. Set the environment variables <kbd>MAGICK_AREA_LIMIT</kbd>, <kbd>MAGICK_DISK_LIMIT</kbd>, <kbd>MAGICK_FILE_LIMIT</kbd>, <kbd>MAGICK_MEMORY_LIMIT</kbd>, <kbd>MAGICK_MAP_LIMIT</kbd>, <kbd>MAGICK_THREAD_LIMIT</kbd>, <kbd>MAGICK_TIME_LIMIT</kbd> for limits of  image area, disk space, open files, heap memory, memory map, number of threads of execution, and maximum elapsed time in seconds respectively.</p>
3749
3750<p> Inquisitive users can try adding <a href="#debug">-debug cache</a> to their commands and then scouring the generated output for references to the pixel cache, in order to determine how the pixel cache was allocated and how resources were consumed. Advanced Unix/Linux users can pipe that output through <kbd>grep memory|open|destroy|disk</kbd> for more readable sifting.
3751</p>
3752
3753<p>For more about ImageMagick's use of resources, see the section <b>Cache Storage and Resource Requirements</b> on the <a href="/www/architecture.html#cache">Architecture</a> page.
3754</p>
3755
3756<div style="margin: auto;">
3757  <h4><a name="linear-stretch" id="linear-stretch"></a>-linear-stretch <em class="arg">black-point</em><br />-linear-stretch <em class="arg">black-point</em>{x<em class="arg">white-point</em>}{<em class="arg">%</em>}}</h4>
3758</div>
3759
3760<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Linear with saturation stretch.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3761
3762<div style="margin: auto;">
3763  <h4><a name="linewidth" id="linewidth"></a>-linewidth</h4>
3764</div>
3765
3766<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>the line width for subsequent draw operations.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3767
3768<div style="margin: auto;">
3769  <h4><a name="liquid-rescale" id="liquid-rescale"></a>-liquid-rescale <em class="arg">geometry</em></h4>
3770</div>
3771
3772<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>rescale image with seam-carving.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3773
3774<p>See <a href="/www/command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
3775
3776<div style="margin: auto;">
3777  <h4><a name="list" id="list"></a>-list <em class="arg">type</em></h4>
3778</div>
3779
3780<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Print a list of supported arguments for various options or settings.  Choose from these list types:</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3781
3782<pre class="text">
3783  coder
3784  color
3785  configure
3786  delegate
3787  font
3788  format
3789  list
3790  log
3791  magic
3792  module
3793  resource
3794  threshold
3795</pre>
3796
3797<p>The above lists are only some of the many lists available. These lists vary depending on your version of ImageMagick. For example use "<kbd>-list list</kbd>" to get a complete listing of all the "<kbd>-list</kbd>" arguments available:</p>
3798
3799<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>identify -list list</span></p>
3800<div style="margin: auto;">
3801  <h4><a name="log" id="log"></a>-log <em class="arg">string</em></h4>
3802</div>
3803
3804<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Specify format for debug log.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3805
3806<p>This option specifies the format for the log printed when the <a href="#debug">-debug</a> option is active.</p>
3807
3808<p>You can display the following components by embedding special format characters:</p>
3809
3810<pre class="text">
3811   %d   domain
3812   %e   event
3813   %f   function
3814   %l   line
3815   %m   module
3816   %p   process ID
3817   %r   real CPU time
3818   %t   wall clock time
3819   %u   user CPU time
3820   %%   percent sign
3821   \n   newline
3822   \r   carriage return
3823</pre>
3824
3825<p>For example:</p>
3826
3827<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert -debug coders -log "%u %m:%l %e" in.gif out.png</span></p>
3828<p>The default behavior is to print all of the components.</p>
3829
3830<div style="margin: auto;">
3831  <h4><a name="loop" id="loop"></a>-loop <em class="arg">iterations</em></h4>
3832</div>
3833
3834<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>add Netscape loop extension to your GIF animation.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3835
3836<p>Set iterations to zero to repeat the animation an infinite number of times, otherwise the animation repeats itself up to <em class="arg">iterations</em> times.</p>
3837
3838<div style="margin: auto;">
3839  <h4><a name="lowlight-color" id="lowlight-color"></a>-lowlight-color <em class="arg">color</em></h4>
3840</div>
3841
3842<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>when comparing images, de-emphasize pixel differences with this color.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3843
3844<div style="margin: auto;">
3845  <h4><a name="magnify" id="magnify"></a>-magnify <em class="arg">factor</em></h4>
3846</div>
3847
3848<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>magnify the image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3849
3850
3851<div style="margin: auto;">
3852  <h4><a name="map" id="map"></a>-map <em class="arg">type</em></h4>
3853</div>
3854
3855<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Display image using this <em class="arg">type</em>.</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/animate.html">animate</a>, <a href="/www/display.html">display</a>]</td></tr></table>
3856
3857<p>Choose from these <em class="arg">Standard Colormap</em> types:</p>
3858
3859<pre class="text">
3860  best
3861  default
3862  gray
3863  red
3864  green
3865  blue
3866</pre>
3867
3868<p>The <em class="arg">X server</em> must support the <em class="arg">Standard Colormap</em> you choose, otherwise an error occurs.  Use <kbd>list</kbd> as the type and <kbd>display</kbd> searches the list of colormap types in <kbd>top-to-bottom</kbd> order until one is located. See <em class="arg">xstdcmap(1)</em> for one way of creating Standard Colormaps.</p>
3869
3870
3871<div style="margin: auto;">
3872  <h4><a name="map_stream_" id="map_stream_"></a>-map <em class="arg">components</em></h4>
3873</div>
3874
3875<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>pixel map.</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/stream.html">stream</a>]</td></tr></table>
3876
3877<p>Here are the valid components of a map:</p>
3878
3879<pre class="text">
3880  r        red pixel component
3881  g        green pixel component
3882  b        blue pixel component
3883  a        alpha pixel component (0 is transparent)
3884  o        opacity pixel component (0 is opaque)
3885  i        grayscale intensity pixel component
3886  c        cyan pixel component
3887  m        magenta pixel component
3888  y        yellow pixel component
3889  k        black pixel component
3890  p        pad component (always 0)
3891</pre>
3892
3893<p>You can specify as many of these components as needed in any order (e.g. bgr).  The components can repeat as well (e.g. rgbr).</p>
3894
3895<div style="margin: auto;">
3896  <h4><a name="mask" id="mask"></a>-mask
3897<em class="arg">filename</em></h4>
3898</div>
3899
3900<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Composite the image pixels as defined by the mask.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3901
3902<p>Use <a href="#mask">+mask</a> to remove the image mask.</p>
3903
3904<div style="margin: auto;">
3905  <h4><a name="mattecolor" id="mattecolor"></a>-mattecolor <em class="arg">color</em></h4>
3906</div>
3907
3908<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Specify the color to be used with the <a href="#frame">-frame</a> option.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3909
3910<p>The color is specified using the format described under the <a href="#fill">-fill</a> option.</p>
3911
3912<p>The default matte color is <kbd>#BDBDBD</kbd>, <span style="background-color: #bdbdbd;">this shade of gray</span>.</p>
3913
3914<div style="margin: auto;">
3915  <h4><a name="median" id="median"></a>-median <em class="arg">radius</em></h4>
3916</div>
3917
3918<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>apply a median filter to the image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3919
3920<div style="margin: auto;">
3921  <h4><a name="metric" id="metric"></a>-metric <em class="arg">type</em></h4>
3922</div>
3923
3924<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Output to STDERR a measure of the differences between images according to the <em class="arg">type</em> given metric.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3925
3926<p>Choose from:</p>
3927
3928<pre class="text">
3929 AE    absolute number of differnet pixels
3930 MAE   mean absolute error (normalized), average channel error distance
3931 MEPP  mean error per pixel (normalized mean error, normalized peak error)
3932 MSE   mean error squared, average of the channel error squared
3933 PAE   peak absolute (normalize peak absolute)
3934 PSNR  peak signal to noise ratio
3935 RMSE  root mean squared (normalized root mean squared)
3936</pre>
3937
3938<p>The '<kbd>AE</kbd>' or absolute count of pixels that are different, can be
3939controled using a <a href="#fuzz" >-fuzz</a> factor to ignore pixels which
3940only changed by a small amount.  The '<kbd>PAE</kbd>' can be used to find the
3941size of the <a href="#fuzz" >-fuzz</a> factor needed to make all pixels
3942'similar'. </p>
3943
3944<p>The '<kbd>MEPP</kbd>' metric returns three different metrics
3945('<kbd>MAE</kbd>', '<kbd>MAE</kbd>' normalized, and '<kbd>PAE</kbd>'
3946normalized) from the single comparision run. </p>
3947
3948<p>To print a complete list of metrics, use the <a href="#list">-list metrics</a> option.</p>
3949
3950
3951<div style="margin: auto;">
3952  <h4><a name="mode" id="mode"></a>-mode <em class="arg">value</em></h4>
3953</div>
3954
3955<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Mode of operation.</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/montage.html">montage</a>]</td></tr></table>
3956
3957<p>Choose the <em class="arg">value</em> from these styles: <kbd>Frame, Unframe, or Concatenate</kbd></p>
3958
3959<p>Use the <a href="#list" >-list</a> option with a '<kbd>Mode</kbd>'
3960argument for a list of <a href="#mode" >-mode</a> arguments available
3961in your ImageMagick installation.</p>
3962
3963
3964<div style="margin: auto;">
3965  <h4><a name="modulate" id="modulate"></a>-modulate <em class="arg">brightness</em>[,<em class="arg">saturation</em>,<em class="arg">hue</em>]</h4>
3966</div>
3967
3968<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Vary the <em class="arg">brightness</em>, <em class="arg">saturation</em>, and <em class="arg">hue</em> of an image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3969
3970<p>The arguments are given as a percentages of variation. A value of 100 means no change, and any
3971missing values are taken to mean 100.</p>
3972
3973<p>The <em class="arg">brightness</em> is a multiplier of the overall brightness of the image, so 0
3974means pure black, 50 is half as bright, 200 is twice as bright. To invert its
3975meaning <a href="#negate">-negate</a> the image before and after. </p>
3976
3977<p>The <em class="arg">saturation</em> controls the amount of color in an image. For example, 0 produce a grayscale image, while a large value such as 200 produce a very colorful, 'cartoonish' color.</p>
3978
3979<p>The <em class="arg">hue</em> argument causes a "rotation" of the colors within the image by the amount specified. For example, 50 results in a counter-clockwise rotation of 90, mapping red
3980shades to purple, and so on. A value of either 0 or 200 results in a complete
3981180 degree rotation of the image. Using a value of 300 is a 360 degree
3982rotation resulting in no change to the original image. </p>
3983
3984<p>For example, to increase the color brightness by 20% and decrease the color saturation by 10% and leave the hue unchanged, use <a href="#modulate">-modulate 120,90</a>.</p>
3985
3986<p>Use <a href="#set">-set</a> attribute of '<kbd class="arg">option:modulate:colorspace</kbd>' to specify which colorspace to modulate.  Choose from <kbd>HSB</kbd>, <kbd>HSL</kbd> (the default), or <kbd>HWB</kbd>.  For example,</p>
3987
3988<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert image.png -set option:modulate:colorspace hsb -modulate 120,90 modulate.png</span></p>
3989<div style="margin: auto;">
3990  <h4><a name="monitor" id="monitor"></a>-monitor</h4>
3991</div>
3992
3993<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>monitor progress.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
3994
3995
3996<div style="margin: auto;">
3997  <h4><a name="monochrome" id="monochrome"></a>-monochrome</h4>
3998</div>
3999
4000<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>transform the image to black and white.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4001
4002
4003<div style="margin: auto;">
4004  <h4><a name="morph" id="morph"></a>-morph <em class="arg">frames</em></h4>
4005</div>
4006
4007<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>morphs an image sequence.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4008
4009<p>Both the image pixels and size are linearly interpolated to give the
4010appearance of a meta-morphosis from one image to the next, over all the images
4011in the current image list. The added images are the equivalent of a <a
4012href="#blend">-blend</a> composition. The <em class="arg">frames</em>
4013argument determine how many images to interpolate between each image. </p>
4014
4015
4016<div style="margin: auto;">
4017  <h4><a name="mosaic" id="mosaic"></a>-mosaic</h4>
4018</div>
4019
4020<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>an simple alias for the <a href="#layers" >-layers</a> method "mosaic"</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4021
4022
4023<div style="margin: auto;">
4024  <h4><a name="motion-blur" id="motion-blur"></a>-motion-blur <em class="arg">radius</em><br />-motion-blur <em class="arg">radius</em>x<em class="arg">sigma</em>+<em class="arg">angle</em></h4>
4025</div>
4026
4027<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>simulate motion blur.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4028
4029<p>Blur with the given radius, standard deviation (sigma), and angle.   The
4030angle given is the angle toward which the image is blurred.  That is the
4031direction people would consider the object is coming from. </p>
4032
4033<p>Note that the blur is not uniform distribution, giving the motion a
4034definate sense of direction of movement. </p>
4035
4036<p>The <a href="#virtual-pixel">-virtual-pixel</a> setting will determine how
4037pixels which are outside the image proper are blurred into the final result.
4038</p>
4039
4040<div style="margin: auto;">
4041  <h4><a name="name" id="name"></a>-name</h4>
4042</div>
4043
4044<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>name an image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4045<div style="margin: auto;">
4046  <h4><a name="negate" id="negate"></a>-negate</h4>
4047</div>
4048
4049<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>replace every pixel with its complementary color.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4050
4051<p>The red, green, and blue intensities of an image are negated. White becomes black, yellow becomes blue, etc.  Use <a href="#negate">+negate</a> to only negate the grayscale pixels of the image.</p>
4052
4053<div style="margin: auto;">
4054  <h4><a name="noise" id="noise"></a>-noise <em class="arg">radius</em><br/>
4055  +noise <em class="arg">type</em></h4>
4056</div>
4057
4058<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Add or reduce noise in an image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4059
4060<p>The principal function of noise peak elimination filter is to smooth the objects within an image without losing edge information and without creating undesired structures.  The central idea of the algorithm is to replace a pixel with its next neighbor in value within a pixel window, if this pixel has been found to be noise. A pixel is defined as noise if and only if this pixel is a maximum or minimum within the pixel window.</p>
4061
4062<p>Use <kbd><a href="#noise">-noise</a> <em class="arg">radius</em></kbd> to specify the width of the neighborhood when reducing noise.</p>
4063
4064<p>Use <a href="#noise">+noise</a> followed by a noise <em class="arg">type</em> to add noise to an image. Choose from these noise types:</p>
4065
4066<pre class="text">
4067Gaussian
4068Impulse
4069Laplacian
4070Multiplicative
4071Poisson
4072Random
4073Uniform
4074</pre>
4075
4076<p>To print a complete list of noises, use the <a href="#list">-list noise</a> option.</p>
4077
4078
4079<div style="margin: auto;">
4080  <h4><a name="normalize" id="normalize"></a>-normalize</h4>
4081</div>
4082
4083<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Increase the contrast in an image by <em>stretching</em> the range of intensity values.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4084
4085<p>The intensity values are stretched to cover the entire range of possible values. While doing so, black-out at most <em>2%</em> of the pixels and white-out at most <em>1%</em> of the pixels.</p>
4086
4087<p>Note that as of ImageMagick 6.4.7-0, <a href="#normalize" >-normalize</a> is equivalent to <a href="#contrast-stretch" >-contrast-stretch 2%x1%</a>. (Before this
4088version, it was equivalent to <a href="#contrast-stretch">-contrast-stretch 2%x99%)</a></p>
4089
4090<p>All the channels are normalized in concert by the came amount so as to preserve color integrity.  Specify <a href="#channel">-channel</a> to normalize the RGB channels independently.</p>
4091
4092
4093<div style="margin: auto;">
4094  <h4><a name="ordered-dither" id="ordered-dither"></a>-ordered-dither <em class="arg">threshold_map</em>{,<em class="arg">level</em>...}</h4>
4095</div>
4096
4097<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>dither the image using a pre-defined  ordered dither <em class="arg">threshold map</em> specified, and a uniform color map with the number of <em class="arg">levels</em> per color channel .  </td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4098
4099<p>You can choose from these standard threshold maps:</p>
4100
4101<pre class="text">
4102  checks
4103  o2x2
4104  o3x3
4105  o4x4
4106  o8x8
4107  h4x4a
4108  h6x6a
4109  h8x8a
4110  h4x4o
4111  h6x6o
4112  h8x8o
4113  h16x16o
4114</pre>
4115
4116<p>The '<kbd>o</kbd>' are ordered diffused pixel threshold maps, while the
4117'<kbd>h</kbd>' maps are halftone threshold maps which are either 'a' angled,
4118or 'o' orthogonal. The '<kbd>checks</kbd>' produce a 3 level checkerbord
4119dither pattern.  Or you can define your own <em class="arg">threshold
4120map</em> in a personal or system "<kbd>thresholds.xml</kbd>" XML file. </p>
4121
4122<p>To print a complete list of threshold, use the <a href="#list">-list threshold</a> option.</p>
4123
4124<p>It is recommended that the <a href="#map">+map</a> operator be used after
4125applying <a href="#ordered-dither">-ordered-dither</a> to reduce the number of
4126colors an animated image sequence, to less that 256 colors. This ensures that
4127a common or global color table is used when saving the result to a color
4128limited file format such as GIF.  </p>
4129
4130<p>Note that at this time the exact same map is used for all color channels, no
4131attempt is made to offset or rotate the dither map for different channels is
4132made, at this point in time. (possible future expansion) </p>
4133
4134
4135<div style="margin: auto;">
4136  <h4><a name="opaque" id="opaque"></a>-opaque <em class="arg">color</em></h4>
4137</div>
4138
4139<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>change this color to the fill color within the image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4140
4141<p>The <em class="arg">color</em> argument is defined using the format
4142described under the <a href="#fill">-fill</a> option.
4143The <a href="#fuzz">-fuzz</a> setting can be used to match and replace colors similar
4144to the one given.</p>
4145
4146<p>The <a href="#transparent">-transparent</a>  operator is exactly the same
4147as <a href="#opaque">-opaque</a> but makes the matching color transparent,
4148rather than the same as the current <a href="#fill">-fill</a> color. </p>
4149
4150<p>Use <em class="arg">+opaque</em> to paint any pixel that does not match the target color.</p>
4151
4152<div style="margin: auto;">
4153  <h4><a name="orient" id="orient"></a>-orient <em class="arg">image orientation</em></h4>
4154</div>
4155
4156<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>specify orientation of a digital camera image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4157
4158<p>Choose from these orientations:</p>
4159
4160<pre class="text">
4161  bottom-left
4162  bottom-right
4163  left-bottom
4164  left-top
4165  right-bottom
4166  right-top
4167  top-left
4168  top-right
4169  undefined
4170</pre>
4171
4172<p>To print a complete list of orientations, use the <a href="#list">-list orientation</a> option.</p>
4173
4174
4175<div style="margin: auto;">
4176  <h4><a name="page" id="page"></a>-page <em class="arg">geometry</em><br/>
4177  -page <em class="arg">media</em>[<em class="arg">offset</em>][{<em class="arg">^!&lt;&gt;</em>}]<br/>
4178  +page
4179  </h4>
4180</div>
4181
4182<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Set the size and location of an image on the larger virtual canvas.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4183
4184<p>See <a href="/www/command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
4185
4186<p>For convenience you can specify the page size using <em class="arg">media</em> (see below). Offsets can then be added as with other <em class="arg">geometry</em> arguments (e.g. <a href="#page">-page</a>&nbsp;<kbd>Letter+43+43</kbd>).</p>
4187
4188<p>Use <em class="arg">media</em> as shorthand to specify the dimensions (<em class="arg">width</em>x<em class="arg">height</em>) of the <em class="arg">PostScript</em> page in dots per inch or a TEXT page in pixels. The choices for a PostScript page are:</p>
4189<table id="geometryTable" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" border="1" width="50%" style="margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
4190<thead>
4191        <tr valign="top">
4192    <th align="center"><em class="arg">media</em></th>
4193    <th align="center"><em class="arg">width</em></th>
4194    <th align="center"><em class="arg">height</em></th>
4195        </tr>
4196</thead>
4197<tbody>
4198<tr><td align="left"> 11x17      </td> <td align="right">  792</td> <td align="right"> 1224</td> </tr>
4199<tr><td align="left"> Ledger     </td> <td align="right"> 1224</td> <td align="right">  792</td> </tr>
4200<tr><td align="left"> Legal      </td> <td align="right">  612</td> <td align="right"> 1008</td> </tr>
4201<tr><td align="left"> Letter     </td> <td align="right">  612</td> <td align="right">  792</td> </tr>
4202<tr><td align="left"> LetterSmall</td> <td align="right">  612</td> <td align="right">  792</td> </tr>
4203<tr><td align="left"> ArchE      </td> <td align="right"> 2592</td> <td align="right"> 3456</td> </tr>
4204<tr><td align="left"> ArchD      </td> <td align="right"> 1728</td> <td align="right"> 2592</td> </tr>
4205<tr><td align="left"> ArchC      </td> <td align="right"> 1296</td> <td align="right"> 1728</td> </tr>
4206<tr><td align="left"> ArchB      </td> <td align="right">  864</td> <td align="right"> 1296</td> </tr>
4207<tr><td align="left"> ArchA      </td> <td align="right">  648</td> <td align="right">  864</td> </tr>
4208<tr><td align="left"> A0         </td> <td align="right"> 2380</td> <td align="right"> 3368</td> </tr>
4209<tr><td align="left"> A1         </td> <td align="right"> 1684</td> <td align="right"> 2380</td> </tr>
4210<tr><td align="left"> A2         </td> <td align="right"> 1190</td> <td align="right"> 1684</td> </tr>
4211<tr><td align="left"> A3         </td> <td align="right">  842</td> <td align="right"> 1190</td> </tr>
4212<tr><td align="left"> A4         </td> <td align="right">  595</td> <td align="right">  842</td> </tr>
4213<tr><td align="left"> A4Small    </td> <td align="right">  595</td> <td align="right">  842</td> </tr>
4214<tr><td align="left"> A5         </td> <td align="right">  421</td> <td align="right">  595</td> </tr>
4215<tr><td align="left"> A6         </td> <td align="right">  297</td> <td align="right">  421</td> </tr>
4216<tr><td align="left"> A7         </td> <td align="right">  210</td> <td align="right">  297</td> </tr>
4217<tr><td align="left"> A8         </td> <td align="right">  148</td> <td align="right">  210</td> </tr>
4218<tr><td align="left"> A9         </td> <td align="right">  105</td> <td align="right">  148</td> </tr>
4219<tr><td align="left"> A10        </td> <td align="right">   74</td> <td align="right">  105</td> </tr>
4220<tr><td align="left"> B0         </td> <td align="right"> 2836</td> <td align="right"> 4008</td> </tr>
4221<tr><td align="left"> B1         </td> <td align="right"> 2004</td> <td align="right"> 2836</td> </tr>
4222<tr><td align="left"> B2         </td> <td align="right"> 1418</td> <td align="right"> 2004</td> </tr>
4223<tr><td align="left"> B3         </td> <td align="right"> 1002</td> <td align="right"> 1418</td> </tr>
4224<tr><td align="left"> B4         </td> <td align="right">  709</td> <td align="right"> 1002</td> </tr>
4225<tr><td align="left"> B5         </td> <td align="right">  501</td> <td align="right">  709</td> </tr>
4226<tr><td align="left"> C0         </td> <td align="right"> 2600</td> <td align="right"> 3677</td> </tr>
4227<tr><td align="left"> C1         </td> <td align="right"> 1837</td> <td align="right"> 2600</td> </tr>
4228<tr><td align="left"> C2         </td> <td align="right"> 1298</td> <td align="right"> 1837</td> </tr>
4229<tr><td align="left"> C3         </td> <td align="right">  918</td> <td align="right"> 1298</td> </tr>
4230<tr><td align="left"> C4         </td> <td align="right">  649</td> <td align="right">  918</td> </tr>
4231<tr><td align="left"> C5         </td> <td align="right">  459</td> <td align="right">  649</td> </tr>
4232<tr><td align="left"> C6         </td> <td align="right">  323</td> <td align="right">  459</td> </tr>
4233<tr><td align="left"> Flsa       </td> <td align="right">  612</td> <td align="right">  936</td> </tr>
4234<tr><td align="left"> Flse       </td> <td align="right">  612</td> <td align="right">  936</td> </tr>
4235<tr><td align="left"> HalfLetter </td> <td align="right">  396</td> <td align="right">  612</td> </tr>
4236</tbody>
4237</table>
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242<p>This option is also used to place subimages when writing to a multi-image format that supports offsets, such as GIF89 and MNG. When used for this purpose the offsets are always measured from the top left corner of the canvas and are not affected by the <a href="#gravity">-gravity</a> option. To position a GIF or MNG image, use <a href="#page">-page</a><em class="arg">{+-}x{+-}y</em> (e.g.  -page +100+200). When writing to a MNG file, a <a href="#page">-page</a> option appearing ahead of the first image in the sequence with nonzero width and height defines the width and height values that are written in the <kbd>MHDR</kbd> chunk.  Otherwise, the MNG width and height are computed from the bounding box that contains all images in the sequence. When writing a GIF89 file, only the bounding box method is used to determine its dimensions.</p>
4243
4244<p>For a PostScript page, the image is sized as in <a href="#geometry">-geometry</a> but positioned relative to the <em>lower left-hand corner</em> of the page by {+-}<kbd>x</kbd><em class="arg">offset</em>{+-}<kbd>y</kbd> <em class="arg">offset</em>. Use <a href="#page">-page 612x792</a>, for example, to center the image within the page. If the image size exceeds the PostScript page, it is reduced to fit the page. The default gravity for the <a href="#page">-page</a> option is <em class="arg">NorthWest</em>, i.e., positive <kbd>x</kbd> and <kbd>y</kbd> <em class="arg">offset</em> are measured rightward and downward from the top left corner of the page, unless the <a href="#gravity">-gravity</a> option is present with a value other than <em class="arg">NorthWest</em>.</p>
4245
4246<p>The default page dimensions for a TEXT image is 612x792.</p>
4247
4248<p>This option is used in concert with <a href="#density">-density</a>.</p>
4249
4250<p>Use <a href="#page">+page</a> to remove the page settings for an image.</p>
4251
4252<div style="margin: auto;">
4253  <h4><a name="paint" id="paint"></a>-paint <em class="arg">radius</em></h4>
4254</div>
4255
4256<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>simulate an oil painting.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4257
4258<p>Each pixel is replaced by the most frequent color in a circular neighborhood whose width is specified with <em class="arg">radius</em>.</p>
4259
4260<div style="margin: auto;">
4261  <h4><a name="path" id="path"></a>-path <em class="arg">path</em></h4></div>
4262
4263<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>write images to this path on disk.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4264
4265<div style="margin: auto;">
4266  <h4><a name="pause_animate_" id="pause_animate_"></a>-pause <em class="arg">seconds</em></h4>
4267</div>
4268
4269<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Pause between animation loops.</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/animate.html">animate</a>]</td></tr></table>
4270
4271<p>Pause for the specified number of seconds before repeating the animation.</p>
4272
4273<div style="margin: auto;">
4274  <h4><a name="pause_import_" id="pause_import_"></a>-pause <em class="arg">seconds</em></h4>
4275</div>
4276
4277<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Pause between snapshots.</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/import.html">import</a>]</td></tr></table>
4278
4279<p>Pause for the specified number of seconds before taking the next snapshot.</p>
4280
4281<div style="margin: auto;">
4282  <h4><a name="ping" id="ping"></a>-ping</h4>
4283</div>
4284
4285<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>efficiently determine image characteristics.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4286
4287<div style="margin: auto;">
4288  <h4><a name="pointsize" id="pointsize"></a>-pointsize <em class="arg">value</em></h4>
4289</div>
4290
4291<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>pointsize of the PostScript, OPTION1, or TrueType font.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4292
4293<div style="margin: auto;">
4294  <h4><a name="polaroid" id="polaroid"></a>-polaroid <em class="arg">angle</em></h4>
4295</div>
4296
4297<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>simulate a Polaroid picture.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4298
4299<p>Use <kbd>+polaroid</kbd> to rotate the image at a random angle between -15 and +15 degrees.</p>
4300
4301<div style="margin: auto;">
4302  <h4><a name="posterize" id="posterize"></a>-posterize <em class="arg">levels</em></h4>
4303</div>
4304
4305<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>reduce the image to a limited number of color levels.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4306
4307<div style="margin: auto;">
4308  <h4><a name="preview" id="preview"></a>-preview <em class="arg">type</em></h4>
4309</div>
4310
4311<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>image preview type.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4312
4313<p>Use this option to affect the preview operation of an image (e.g. <kbd>convert file.png -preview Gamma Preview:gamma.png</kbd>). Choose from these previews:</p>
4314
4315<pre class="text">
4316  Rotate
4317  Shear
4318  Roll
4319  Hue
4320  Saturation
4321  Brightness
4322  Gamma
4323  Spiff
4324  Dull
4325  Grayscale
4326  Quantize
4327  Despeckle
4328  ReduceNoise
4329  Add Noise
4330  Sharpen
4331  Blur
4332  Threshold
4333  EdgeDetect
4334  Spread
4335  Shade
4336  Raise
4337  Segment
4338  Solarize
4339  Swirl
4340  Implode
4341  Wave
4342  OilPaint
4343  CharcoalDrawing
4344  JPEG
4345</pre>
4346
4347<p>To print a complete list of previews, use the <a href="#list">-list preview</a> option.</p>
4348
4349<p>The default preview is <kbd>JPEG</kbd>.</p>
4350
4351<div style="margin: auto;">
4352  <h4><a name="print" id="print"></a>-print <em class="arg">string</em></h4>
4353</div>
4354
4355<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>interpret string and print to console.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4356
4357<div style="margin: auto;">
4358  <h4><a name="process" id="process"></a>-process <em class="arg">command</em></h4>
4359</div>
4360
4361<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>process the image with a custom image filter.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4362
4363<p>The command arguments has the form <kbd>"module arg1 arg2 arg3 ... argN"</kbd> where <kbd>module</kbd> is the name of the module to invoke (e.g.  "Analyze") and arg1 arg2 arg3 ... argN are an arbitrary number of arguments to pass to the process module.</p>
4364
4365<div style="margin: auto;">
4366  <h4><a name="profile" id="profile"></a>-profile <em class="arg">filename</em><br/>
4367  +profile <em class="arg">profile_name</em></h4>
4368</div>
4369
4370<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Manage ICM, IPTC, or generic profiles in an image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4371
4372<p>Using <a href="#profile">-profile</a> <em class="arg">filename</em> adds an ICM (ICC color management), IPTC (newswire information), or a generic profile to the image.</p>
4373
4374<p>Use <a href="#profile">+profile <em class="arg">profile_name</em></a> to remove the indicated profile. ImageMagick uses standard filename globbing, so wildcard expressions may be used to remove more than one profile.  Here we remove all profiles from the image except for the XMP profile:  <kbd>+profile "!xmp,*"</kbd>. </p>
4375
4376<p>Use <kbd>identify -verbose</kbd> to find out which profiles are in the image file. Use <a href="#strip">-strip</a> to remove all profiles (and comments).</p>
4377
4378<p>To extract a profile, the <a href="#profile">-profile</a> option is not used. Instead, simply write the file to an image format such as <em class="arg">APP1, 8BImageMagick, ICM,</em> or <em class="arg">IPTC</em>.</p>
4379
4380<p>For example, to extract the Exif data (which is stored in JPEG files in the <em class="arg">APP1</em> profile), use.</p>
4381
4382<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert cockatoo.jpg profile.exif</span></p>
4383<p>It is important to note that results may depend on whether or not the original image already has an included profile. Also, keep in mind that <a href="#profile">-profile</a> is an "operator" (as opposed to a "setting") and therefore a conversion is made each time it is encountered, in order, in the command-line. For instance, in the following example, if the original image is CMYK with profile, a CMYK-CMYK-RGB conversion results.</p>
4384
4385<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert CMYK.tif -profile "CMYK.icc" -profile "RGB.icc" RGB.tiff</span></p>
4386<p>Furthermore, since ICC profiles are not necessarily symmetric, extra conversion steps can yield unwanted results.
4387CMYK profiles are often very asymmetric since they involve 3&minus;&gt;4 and 4&minus;&gt;3 channel mapping.
4388</p>
4389
4390<div style="margin: auto;">
4391  <h4><a name="quality" id="quality"></a>-quality <em class="arg">value</em></h4>
4392</div>
4393
4394<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>JPEG/MIFF/PNG compression level.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4395
4396<p>For the JPEG and MPEG image formats, quality is 0 (lowest image quality and highest compression) to 100 (best quality but least effective compression). The default is to use the estimate quality of your input image otherwise 85. Use the <a href="#sampling-factor">-sampling-factor</a> option to specify the factors for chroma downsampling.</p>
4397
4398<p>For the MIFF image format, quality/10 is the zlib compression level, which is 0 (worst but fastest compression) to 9 (best but slowest). It has no effect on the image appearance, since the compression is always lossless.</p>
4399
4400<p>For the JPEG-2000 image format, quality is mapped using a non-linear equation to the compression ratio required by the Jasper library. This non-linear equation is intended to loosely approximate the quality provided by the JPEG v1 format. The default quality value 85 results in a request for 16:1 compression. The quality value 100 results in a request for non-lossy compression.</p>
4401
4402<p>For the MNG and PNG image formats, the quality value sets the zlib compression level (quality / 10) and filter-type (quality % 10). Compression levels range from 0 (fastest compression) to 100 (best but slowest). For compression level 0, the Huffman-only strategy is used, which is fastest but not necessarily the worst compression.</p>
4403
4404<p>If filter-type is 4 or less, the specified filter-type is used for all scanlines:</p>
4405
4406<pre class="text">
4407  0: none
4408  1: sub
4409  2: up
4410  3: average
4411  4: Paeth
4412</pre>
4413
4414<p>If filter-type is 5, adaptive filtering is used when quality is greater than 50 and the image does not have a color map, otherwise no filtering is used.</p>
4415
4416<p>If filter-type is 6, adaptive filtering with <em class="arg">minimum-sum-of-absolute-values</em> is used.</p>
4417
4418<p>Only if the output is MNG, if filter-type is 7, the LOCO color transformation and adaptive filtering with <em class="arg">minimum-sum-of-absolute-values</em> are used.</p>
4419
4420<p>The default is quality is 85, which means nearly the best compression with adaptive filtering. The quality setting has no effect on the appearance of PNG and MNG images, since the compression is always lossless.</p>
4421
4422<p>For further information, see the <a href="http://www.w3.org/pub/WWW/TR">PNG</a> specification.</p>
4423
4424<p>When writing a JNG image with transparency, two quality values are required, one for the main image and one for the grayscale image that conveys the alpha channel. These are written as a single integer equal to the main image quality plus 1000 times the opacity quality. For example, if you want to use quality 85 for the main image and quality 90 to compress the opacity data, use <a href="#quality">-quality 90085</a>.</p>
4425
4426<div style="margin: auto;">
4427  <h4><a name="quantize" id="quantize"></a>-quantize <em class="arg">colorspace</em></h4>
4428</div>
4429
4430<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>reduce colors in this colorspace.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4431
4432<p>To print a complete list of colorspaces, use the <a href="#list">-list colorspace</a> option.</p>
4433
4434
4435<div style="margin: auto;">
4436  <h4><a name="quiet" id="quiet"></a>-quiet</h4>
4437</div>
4438
4439<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>suppress all warning messages. Error messages are still reported.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4440
4441<div style="margin: auto;">
4442  <h4><a name="radial-blur" id="radial-blur"></a>-radial-blur  <em class="arg">angle</em></h4>
4443</div>
4444
4445<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Blur around the center of the image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4446
4447<p>Note that this is actually a rotational blur rather than a radial and as
4448such actually mis-named. </p>
4449
4450<p>The <a href="#virtual-pixel">-virtual-pixel</a> setting will determine how
4451pixels which are outside the image proper are blurred into the final result.
4452</p>
4453
4454
4455<div style="margin: auto;">
4456  <h4><a name="raise" id="raise"></a>-raise <em class="arg">thickness</em></h4>
4457</div>
4458
4459<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Lighten or darken image edges.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4460
4461<p>This will create a 3-D effect. Use <a href="#raise">-raise</a> to create a raised effect, otherwise use <a href="#raise">+raise</a>.
4462</p>
4463
4464<p>Unlike the similar <a href="#frame">-frame</a> option, <a href="#raise">-raise</a> does not alter the dimensions of the image.</p>
4465
4466<div style="margin: auto;">
4467  <h4><a name="random-threshold" id="random-threshold"></a>-random-threshold <em class="arg">low</em>x<em class="arg">high</em></h4>
4468</div>
4469
4470<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Apply a random threshold to the image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4471
4472<div style="margin: auto;">
4473  <h4><a name="recolor" id="recolor"></a>-recolor <em class="arg">matrix</em></h4>
4474</div>
4475
4476<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Translate, scale, shear, or rotate image colors.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4477
4478<p>Although variable-sized matrices can be used, typically one uses a  5x5 matrix for an RGBA image and a 6x6 for CMYKA.  Populate the last row with normalized values to translate.
4479</p>
4480
4481<div style="margin: auto;">
4482  <h4><a name="red-primary" id="red-primary"></a>-red-primary <em class="arg">x,y</em></h4>
4483</div>
4484
4485<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Set the red chromaticity primary point.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4486
4487<div style="margin: auto;">
4488  <h4><a name="regard-warnings" id="regard-warnings"></a>-regard-warnings</h4>
4489</div>
4490
4491<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Pay attention to warning messages.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4492
4493<div style="margin: auto;">
4494  <h4><a name="remap" id="remap"></a>-remap <em class="arg">filename</em></h4>
4495</div>
4496
4497<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Reduce the number of colors in an image to the colors used by this image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4498
4499<p>If the <a href="#dither">-dither</a> setting is enabled (the default) then
4500the given colors are dithered over the image as necessary, otherwise the closest
4501color (in RGB colorspace) is selected to replace that pixel in the image. </p>
4502
4503<p>As a side effect of applying a <a href="#remap">-remap</a> of colors across all
4504images in the current image sequence, all the images will have the same color
4505table.  That means that when saved to a file format such as GIF, it will use
4506that color table as a single common or global color table, for all the images,
4507without requiring extra local color tables. </p>
4508
4509<p>Use <a href="#remap">+remap</a> to reduce all images in the current image
4510sequence to use a common color map over all the images. This equivalent to
4511appending all the images together (without extra background colors) and color
4512reducing those images using <a href="#colors">-colors</a> with a 256 color
4513limit, then <a href="#remap">-remap</a> those colors over the original list of
4514images. This ensures all the images follow a single color map. </p>
4515
4516<p>If the number of colors over all the images is less than 256, then <a
4517href="#remap">+remap</a> should not perform any color reduction or dithering, as
4518no color changes are needed. In that case, its only effect is to force the use
4519of a global color table.  This recommended after using either <a
4520href="#colors">-colors</a> or <a href="#ordered-dither">-ordered-dither</a> to
4521reduce the number of colors in an animated image sequence. </p>
4522
4523<div style="margin: auto;">
4524  <h4><a name="region" id="region"></a>-region <em class="arg">geometry</em></h4>
4525</div>
4526
4527<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Set a region in which subsequent operations apply.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4528
4529<p>The <em class="arg">x</em> and <em class="arg">y</em> offsets are treated in the same manner as in <a href="#crop">-crop</a>.</p>
4530
4531<p>See <a href="/www/command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
4532
4533<div style="margin: auto;">
4534  <h4><a name="remote" id="remote"></a>-remote</h4>
4535</div>
4536
4537<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>perform a remote operation.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4538
4539<p>The only command recognized is the name of an image file to load.</p>
4540
4541<p>If you have more than one <a href="/www/display.html">display</a> application running simultaneously, use the <a href="#window"> window</a> option to specify which application to control.</p>
4542
4543<div style="margin: auto;">
4544  <h4><a name="render" id="render"></a>-render</h4>
4545</div>
4546
4547<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>render vector operations.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4548
4549<p>Use <a href="#render">+render</a> to turn off rendering vector operations. This useful when saving the result to vector formats such as MVG or SVG.</p>
4550
4551<div style="margin: auto;">
4552<h4><a name="repage" id="repage"></a>-repage <em class="arg">geometry</em></h4>
4553</div>
4554
4555<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Adjust the canvas and offset information of the image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4556
4557<p>This option is like <a href="#page">-page</a> but acts as an image operator
4558rather than a setting.  You can separately set the canvas size or the offset
4559of the image on that canvas by only providing those components. </p>
4560
4561<p>See <a href="/www/command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
4562
4563<p>If a <kbd>!</kbd> flag is given the offset given is added to the existing
4564offset to move the image relative to its previous position. This useful for
4565animation sequences. </p>
4566
4567<p>A given a canvas size of zero such as '<kbd>0x0</kbd>' forces it to
4568recalculate the canvas size so the image (at its current offset) will appear
4569completely on that canvas (unless it has a negative offset).</p>
4570
4571<p>Use <a href="#repage">+repage</a> to completely remove/reset the virtual
4572canvas meta-data from the images. </p>
4573
4574<p>The <a href="#set">-set</a> '<kbd>page</kbd>' option can be used to
4575directly assign virtual canvas meta-data. </p>
4576
4577
4578<div style="margin: auto;">
4579  <h4><a name="resample" id="resample"></a>-resample <em class="arg">horizontal</em>x<em class="arg">vertical</em></h4>
4580</div>
4581
4582<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Resample image to specified horizontal and vertical resolution.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4583
4584<p>Resize the image so that its rendered size remains the same as the original at the specified target resolution. For example, if a 300 DPI image renders at 3 inches by 2 inches on a 300 DPI device, when the image has been resampled to 72 DPI, it will render at 3 inches by 2 inches on a 72 DPI device.  Note that only a small number of image formats (e.g. JPEG, PNG, and TIFF) are capable of storing the image resolution. For formats which do not support an image resolution, the original resolution of the image must be specified via <a href="#density">-density</a> on the command line prior to specifying the resample resolution.</p>
4585
4586<p>Note that Photoshop stores and obtains image resolution from a proprietary embedded profile. If this profile exists in the image, then Photoshop will continue to treat the image using its former resolution, ignoring the image resolution specified in the standard file header.</p>
4587
4588<div style="margin: auto;">
4589  <h4><a name="resize" id="resize"></a>-resize <em class="arg">geometry</em></h4>
4590</div>
4591
4592<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Resize an image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4593
4594<p>See <a href="/www/command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument. Offsets, if present in the geometry string, are ignored, and the <a href="#gravity">-gravity</a> option has no effect.</p>
4595
4596<p>If the <a href="#filter">-filter</a> option precedes the <a href="#resize">-resize</a> option, the image is resized with the specified filter.</p>
4597
4598<div style="margin: auto;">
4599  <h4><a name="respect-parentheses" id="respect-parentheses"></a>-respect-parentheses</h4>
4600</div>
4601
4602<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>settings remain in effect until parenthesis boundary.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4603
4604<div style="margin: auto;">
4605  <h4><a name="reverse" id="reverse"></a>-reverse</h4>
4606</div>
4607
4608<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Reverse the order of images in the current image list.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4609
4610
4611<div style="margin: auto;">
4612  <h4><a name="roll" id="roll"></a>-roll {<em class="arg">+-</em>}<em class="arg">x</em>{<em class="arg">+-</em>}<em class="arg">y</em></h4>
4613</div>
4614
4615<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>roll an image vertically or horizontally by the amount given.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4616
4617<p>A negative <em class="arg">x</em> offset rolls the image left-to-right. A negative <em class="arg">y</em> offset rolls the image top-to-bottom.</p>
4618
4619
4620<div style="margin: auto;">
4621  <h4><a name="rotate" id="rotate"></a>-rotate <em class="arg">degrees</em>{<em class="arg">&lt;</em>}{<em class="arg">&gt;</em>}</h4>
4622</div>
4623
4624<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Apply Paeth image rotation (using shear operations) to the image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4625
4626<p>Use <kbd>&gt;</kbd> to rotate the image only if its width exceeds the height. <kbd>&lt;</kbd> rotates the image <em>only</em> if its width is less than the height. For example, if you specify <kbd>-rotate "-90&gt;"</kbd> and the image size is 480x640, the image is not rotated. However, if the image is 640x480, it is rotated by -90 degrees. If you use <kbd>&gt;</kbd> or <kbd>&lt;</kbd>, enclose it in quotation marks to prevent it from being misinterpreted as a file redirection.</p>
4627
4628<p>Empty triangles in the corners, left over from rotating the image, are
4629filled with the <kbd>background</kbd> color. </p>
4630
4631<p>See also the <a href="#distort">-distort</a> operator and specifically the
4632'<kbd>ScaleRotateTranslate</kbd>' distort method. </p>
4633
4634
4635<div style="margin: auto;">
4636  <h4><a name="sample" id="sample"></a>-sample <em class="arg">geometry</em></h4>
4637</div>
4638
4639<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>scale image using pixel sampling.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4640
4641<p><a href="#sample">-sample</a> ignores the current <a href="#resize">-resize</a> <a href="#filter">-filter</a> setting. The results are equivalent to using <a href="#resize">-resize</a> with a <a href="#filter">-filter</a> setting of <kbd>point</kbd>,  though <a href="#sample">-sample</a> is a lot faster. </p>
4642
4643<p>See <a href="/www/command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument. Offsets, if present in the geometry string, are ignored, and the <a href="#gravity">-gravity</a> option has no effect.</p>
4644
4645
4646<div style="margin: auto;">
4647  <h4><a name="sampling-factor" id="sampling-factor"></a>-sampling-factor <em class="arg">horizontal-factor</em>x<em class="arg">vertical-factor</em></h4>
4648</div>
4649
4650<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>sampling factors used by JPEG or MPEG-2 encoder and YUV decoder/encoder.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4651
4652<p>This option specifies the sampling factors to be used by the JPEG encoder for chroma downsampling. If this option is omitted, the JPEG library will use its own default values. When reading or writing the YUV format and when writing the M2V (MPEG-2) format, use <a href="#sampling-factor">-sampling-factor 2x1</a> or <a href="#sampling-factor">-sampling-factor 4:2:2</a> to specify the 4:2:2 downsampling method.</p>
4653
4654<div style="margin: auto;">
4655  <h4><a name="scale" id="scale"></a>-scale <em class="arg">geometry</em></h4>
4656</div>
4657
4658<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>scale the image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4659
4660<p>See <a href="/www/command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument. The <a href="#scale">-scale</a> option uses a simpler, faster algorithm than <a href="#resize">-resize</a>, and it ignores the <a href="#filter">-filter</a> setting if one is present. Offsets, if present in the <em class="arg">geometry</em> string, are ignored, and the <a href="#gravity">-gravity</a> option has no effect.</p>
4661
4662<div style="margin: auto;">
4663  <h4><a name="scene" id="scene"></a>-scene <em class="arg">value</em></h4>
4664</div>
4665
4666<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>set scene number.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4667
4668<p>This option sets the scene number of an image or the first image in an image sequence.</p>
4669
4670<div style="margin: auto;">
4671  <h4><a name="screen" id="screen"></a>-screen</h4>
4672</div>
4673
4674<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>specify the screen to capture.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4675
4676<p>This option indicates that the GetImage request used to obtain the image should be done on the root window, rather than directly on the specified window. In this way, you can obtain pieces of other windows that overlap the specified window, and more importantly, you can capture menus or other popups that are independent windows but appear over the specified window.</p>
4677
4678<div style="margin: auto;">
4679  <h4><a name="seed" id="seed"></a>-seed</h4>
4680</div>
4681
4682<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>seed a new sequence of pseudo-random numbers</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4683
4684<div style="margin: auto;">
4685  <h4><a name="segment" id="segment"></a>-segment <em class="arg">cluster-threshold</em>x<em class="arg">smoothing-threshold</em></h4>
4686</div>
4687
4688<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>segment the colors of an image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4689
4690<p>Segment an image by analyzing the histograms of the color components and identifying units that are homogeneous with the fuzzy c-means technique. This is part of the ImageMagick color quantization routines. </p>
4691
4692<p>Specify <em class="arg">cluster threshold</em> as the number of pixels in each cluster that must exceed the cluster threshold to be considered valid. <em class="arg">Smoothing threshold</em> eliminates noise in the second derivative of the histogram. As the value is increased, you can expect a smoother second derivative.  The default is 1.5.</p>
4693
4694<p>If the <a href="#verbose">-verbose</a> setting is defined, a detailed report
4695of the color clusters is returned.</p>
4696
4697
4698<div style="margin: auto;">
4699  <h4><a name="selective-blur" id="selective-blur"></a>-selective-blur <em class="arg">geometry</em></h4>
4700</div>
4701
4702<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Selectively blur pixels within a contrast threshold.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4703
4704<div style="margin: auto;">
4705  <h4><a name="separate" id="separate"></a>-separate</h4>
4706</div>
4707
4708<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>separate an image channel into a grayscale image.  Specify the channel with <a href="#channel">-channel</a>.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4709
4710<div style="margin: auto;">
4711  <h4><a name="sepia-tone" id="sepia-tone"></a>-sepia-tone <em class="arg">threshold</em></h4>
4712</div>
4713
4714<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>simulate a sepia-toned photo.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4715
4716<p>Specify <em class="arg">threshold</em> as the percent threshold of the intensity (0 - 99.9%).</p>
4717
4718<p>This option applies a special effect to the image, similar to the effect achieved in a photo darkroom by sepia toning.  Threshold ranges from 0 to <em class="QR">QuantumRange</em> and is a measure of the extent of the sepia toning.  A threshold of 80% is a good starting point for a reasonable tone.</p>
4719
4720<div style="margin: auto;">
4721  <h4><a name="set" id="set"></a>-set <em class="arg">attribute value</em></h4>
4722</div>
4723
4724<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>set an image attribute for all images in the current image sequence, after they have been created or read in. </td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4725
4726<p>Attributes of interest include <a href="#comment">-comment</a>, <a href="#delay">-delay</a>, <a href="#dispose">-dispose</a>, and <a href="#page">-page</a>.  For example:</p>
4727
4728<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert rose: -set comment 'Rose is a rose is a rose is a rose' rose.png</span><span class='crtout'></span><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>identify -format %c rose.png</span><span class='crtout'>Rose is a rose is a rose is a rose</span></p>
4729<p>The <a href="#repage">-repage</a> operator will also set the
4730'<kbd>page</kbd>' attribute of images already in memory, but allows you to
4731separately set the virtual canvas's size and offset components, and also allows
4732relative offset changes, and automatic canvas size re-calculating.  The above
4733<a href="#set">-set</a> option is purely a direct, unmodified assignment of the
4734virtual canvas (page) meta-data. </p>
4735
4736<p>Set image options by prefixing the value with <kbd>option:</kbd>.  Set attributes of the image registry by prefixing the value with <kbd>registry:</kbd>.</p>
4737
4738<div style="margin: auto;">
4739  <h4><a name="shade" id="shade"></a>-shade <em class="arg">azimuth</em>x<em class="arg">elevation</em></h4>
4740</div>
4741
4742<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>shade the image using a distant light source.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4743
4744<p>Specify <em class="arg">azimuth</em> and <em class="arg">elevation</em> as the position of the light source. Use <a href="#shade">+shade</a> to return the shading results as a grayscale image.</p>
4745
4746<div style="margin: auto;">
4747  <h4><a name="shadow" id="shadow"></a>-shadow <em class="arg">percent-opacity</em>{x<em class="arg">sigma</em>}{<em class="arg">+-</em>}<em class="arg">x</em>{<em class="arg">+-</em>}<em class="arg">y</em>{<em class="arg">%</em>}</h4>
4748</div>
4749
4750<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>simulate an image shadow.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4751
4752<div style="margin: auto;">
4753  <h4><a name="shared-memory"
4754id="shared-memory"></a>-shared-memory</h4>
4755</div>
4756
4757<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>use shared memory.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4758
4759<p>This option specifies whether the utility should attempt to use shared memory for pixmaps. ImageMagick must be compiled with shared memory support, and the display must support the <em class="arg">MIT-SHM</em> extension. Otherwise, this option is ignored. The default is <kbd>True</kbd>.</p>
4760
4761<div style="margin: auto;">
4762  <h4><a name="sharpen" id="sharpen"></a>-sharpen <em class="arg">radius</em>{x<em class="arg">sigma</em>}</h4>
4763</div>
4764
4765<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>sharpen the image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4766
4767<p>Use a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (sigma).</p>
4768
4769<div style="margin: auto;">
4770  <h4><a name="shave" id="shave"></a>-shave <em class="arg">geometry</em></h4>
4771</div>
4772
4773<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Shave pixels from the image edges.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4774
4775<p>The <em class="arg">size</em> portion of the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument specifies the width of the region to be removed from both sides of the image and the height of the regions to be removed from top and bottom. Offsets are ignored.</p>
4776
4777<p>See <a href="/www/command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
4778
4779<div style="margin: auto;">
4780  <h4><a name="shear" id="shear"></a>-shear <em class="arg">Xdegrees</em>[x<em class="arg">Ydegrees</em>]</h4>
4781</div>
4782
4783<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Shear the image along the x-axis and/or y-axis.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4784
4785<p>The shear angles may be positive, negative, or zero. When <em class="arg">Ydegrees</em> is omitted it defaults to 0. When both angles are given, the horizontal component of the shear is performed before the vertical component.</p>
4786
4787<p>Shearing slides one edge of an image along the x-axis or y-axis (i.e., horizontally or vertically, respectively),creating a parallelogram. The amount of each is controlled by the respective shear angle. For horizontal shears, <em class="arg">Xdegrees</em> is measured clockwise relative to "up" (the negative y-axis), sliding the top edge to the right when 0&deg;&lt;<em class="arg">Xdegrees</em>&lt;90&deg; and to the left when 90&deg;&lt;<em class="arg">Xdegrees</em>&lt;180&deg;.  For vertical shears <em class="arg">Ydegrees</em> is measured clockwise relative to "right" (the positive x-axis), sliding the right edge down when 0&deg;&lt;<em class="arg">Ydegrees</em>&lt;90&deg; and up when 90&deg;&lt;<em class="arg">Ydegrees</em>&lt;180&deg;.</p>
4788
4789<p>Empty triangles left over from shearing the image are filled with the color defined by the <a href="#fill">-background</a> option. The color is specified using the format described under the <a href="#fill">-fill</a> option.</p>
4790
4791<p>The horizontal shear is performed before the vertical part. This is important to note, since horizontal and vertical shears do not <em>commute</em>, i.e., the order matters in a sequence of shears. For example, the following two commands are not equivalent.</p>
4792
4793<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert logo: -shear 20x0 -shear 0x60 logo-sheared.png</span><span class='crtout'></span><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert logo: -shear 0x60 -shear 20x0 logo-sheared.png</span></p>
4794<p>The first of the two commands above is equivalent to the following, except for the amount of empty space created; the command that follows generates a smaller image, and so is a better choice in terms of time and space.</p>
4795
4796<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert logo: -shear 20x60 logo-sheared.png</span></p>
4797<div style="margin: auto;">
4798  <h4><a name="sigmoidal" id="sigmoidal-contrast"></a>-sigmoidal-contrast <em class="arg">contrast</em>x<em class="arg">mid-point</em></h4>
4799</div>
4800
4801<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>increase the contrast without saturating highlights or shadows.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4802
4803<p>Increase the contrast of the image using a sigmoidal transfer function without saturating highlights or shadows. <em class="arg">Contrast</em> indicates how much to increase the contrast (0 is none; 3 is typical; 20 is a lot); <em class="arg">mid-point</em> indicates where midtones fall in the resultant image (0 is white; 50% is middle-gray; 100% is black).  By default the image contrast is increased, use <em class="arg">+sigmoidal-contrast</em> to decrease the contrast.</p>
4804
4805<div style="margin: auto;">
4806  <h4><a name="silent" id="silent"></a>-silent</h4>
4807</div>
4808
4809<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>operate silently.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4810
4811<div style="margin: auto;">
4812  <h4><a name="size" id="size"></a>-size <em class="arg">width</em>[x<em class="arg">height</em>][<em class="arg">+offset</em>]</h4>
4813</div>
4814
4815<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>set the width and height of the image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4816
4817<p>Use this option to specify the width and height of raw images whose dimensions are unknown such as <kbd>GRAY</kbd>, <kbd>RGB</kbd>, or <kbd>CMYK</kbd>. In addition to width and height, use <a href="#size">-size</a> with an offset to skip any header information in the image or tell the number of colors in a <kbd>MAP</kbd> image file, (e.g. -size 640x512+256).</p>
4818
4819<p>For Photo CD images, choose from these sizes:</p>
4820
4821<pre class="text">
4822  192x128
4823  384x256
4824  768x512
4825  1536x1024
4826  3072x2048
4827</pre>
4828
4829<div style="margin: auto;">
4830  <h4><a name="sketch" id="sketch"></a>-sketch <em class="arg">radius</em><br />-sketch <em class="arg">radius</em>x<em class="arg">sigma</em>+<em class="arg">angle</em></h4>
4831</div>
4832
4833<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>simulate a pencil sketch.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4834
4835<p>Sketch with the given radius, standard deviation (sigma), and angle.   The angle given is the angle toward which the image is sketched.  That is the direction people would consider the object is coming from.  </p>
4836
4837<div style="margin: auto;">
4838  <h4><a name="snaps" id="snaps"></a>-snaps <em class="arg">value</em></h4>
4839</div>
4840
4841<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Set the number of screen snapshots.</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/import.html">import</a>]</td></tr></table>
4842
4843<p>Use this option to grab more than one image from the X server screen, to create an animation sequence.</p>
4844
4845<div style="margin: auto;">
4846  <h4><a name="solarize" id="solarize"></a>-solarize <em class="arg">threshold</em></h4>
4847</div>
4848
4849<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>negate all pixels above the threshold level.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4850
4851<p>Specify <em class="arg">factor</em> as the percent threshold of the intensity (0 - 99.9%).</p>
4852
4853<p>This option produces a <em class="arg">solarization</em> effect seen when exposing a photographic film to light during the development process.</p>
4854
4855<div style="margin: auto;">
4856  <h4><a name="sparse-color" id="sparse-color"></a>-sparse-color <em
4857  class="arg">method</em>  '<em class="arg">x</em>,<em class="arg">y</em> <em class="arg">color</em>  ...'</h4>
4858</div>
4859
4860<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'> color the given image using the specified points of color, and filling the other intervening colors using the given methods. </td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4861
4862
4863<table class="doc">
4864  <tbody>
4865  <tr valign="top">
4866    <th align="left" style="width: 8%">Method</th>
4867    <th align="left">Description</th>
4868  </tr>
4869
4870  <tr valign="top">
4871    <td valign="top">voronoi</td>
4872    <td valign="top">Simply map each pixel to the to nearest color point
4873        given. The result are polygonal 'cells' of solid color. </td>
4874  </tr>
4875
4876  <tr valign="top">
4877    <td valign="top">shepards</td>
4878    <td valign="top">Colors points basied on the ratio of inverse distance
4879        squared. Generating spots of color in a sea of the average of
4880        colors. </td>
4881    </tr>
4882
4883  <tr valign="top">
4884    <td valign="top">barycentric</td>
4885    <td valign="top">three point triangle of color given 3 points.
4886        Giving only 2 points will form a linear gradient between those points.
4887        Gradient is however not restricted to just the triangle or line. </td>
4888  </tr>
4889
4890  <tr valign="top">
4891    <td valign="top">bilinear</td>
4892    <td valign="top">Like barycentric but for 4 points. Less than 4 points
4893        fall back to barycentric. </td>
4894  </tr>
4895
4896  </tbody>
4897</table>
4898
4899<p>The points are placed according to the images location on the virtual
4900canvas (<a href="#page" >-page</a> or <a href="#repage" >-repage</a>
4901offset), and do not actually have to exist on the given image, but may be
4902some point beyond the edge of the image. All points are floating point values.
4903</p>
4904
4905<p>Only the color channels defined by the <a href="#channel" >-channel</a> are
4906modified, whcih means the matte/alpha transparency channel is not effected by
4907default. If enabled, the image also needs a the matte/alpha channel to be
4908enabled for this operator to effect an images transparency. This is typical
4909transparency handling for images. </p>
4910
4911<p>All the above methods when given a single point of color will replace all
4912the colors in the image with the color given, regardless of the point. This is
4913logical, and provides an alternative technique to recolor a image to some
4914default value. </p>
4915
4916
4917<div style="margin: auto;">
4918  <h4><a name="splice" id="splice"></a>-splice <em class="arg">geometry</em></h4>
4919</div>
4920
4921<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Splice the current background color into the image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4922
4923<p>See <a href="/www/command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument. See <a href="#background">-background</a> to reset the background color.</p>
4924
4925<div style="margin: auto;">
4926  <h4><a name="spread" id="spread"></a>-spread <em class="arg">amount</em></h4>
4927</div>
4928
4929<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>displace image pixels by a random amount.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4930
4931<p>The argument <em class="arg">amount</em> defines the size of the neighborhood around each pixel from which to choose a candidate pixel to swap.</p>
4932
4933<div style="margin: auto;">
4934  <h4><a name="stegano" id="stegano"></a>-stegano <em class="arg">offset</em></h4>
4935</div>
4936
4937<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>hide watermark within an image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4938
4939<p>Use an offset to start the image hiding some number of pixels from the beginning of the image. Note this offset and the image size. You will need this information to recover the steganographic image (e.g. display -size 320x256+35 stegano:image.png).</p>
4940
4941<div style="margin: auto;">
4942  <h4><a name="stereo" id="stereo"></a>-stereo <em class="arg">+x</em>{<em class="arg">+y</em>}</h4>
4943</div>
4944
4945<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>composite two images to create a stereo anaglyph.</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/composite.html">composite</a>]</td></tr></table>
4946
4947<p>The left side of the stereo pair is saved as the red channel of the output image. The right side is saved as the green channel. Red-green stereo glasses are required to properly view the stereo image.</p>
4948
4949<div style="margin: auto;">
4950  <h4><a name="storage-type" id="storage-type"></a>-storage-type <em class="arg">type</em></h4>
4951</div>
4952
4953<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>pixel storage type.  Here are the valid types:</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4954
4955<pre class="text">
4956  char        store pixels as unsigned characters
4957  double      store pixels as doubles
4958  float       store pixels as floats
4959  integer     store pixels as integers
4960  long        store pixels as longs
4961  quantum     store pixels in the native depth of your ImageMagick distribution
4962  short       store pixels as unsigned shorts
4963</pre>
4964
4965<p>Float and double types are normalized from 0.0 to 1.0 otherwise the pixels
4966values range from 0 to the maximum value the storage type can support.</p>
4967
4968<div style="margin: auto;">
4969  <h4><a name="stretch" id="stretch"></a>-stretch <em class="arg">fontStretch</em></h4>
4970</div>
4971
4972<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Set a type of stretch style for fonts.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4973
4974<p>This setting suggests a type of stretch that ImageMagick should try to apply to the currently selected font family. Select <em class="arg">fontStretch</em> from the following.</p>
4975
4976<pre class="text">
4977        Any
4978        Condensed
4979        Expanded
4980        ExtraCondensed
4981        ExtraExpanded
4982        Normal
4983        SemiCondensed
4984        SemiExpanded
4985        UltraCondensed
4986        UltraExpanded
4987</pre>
4988
4989<p>To print a complete list of stretch types, use <a href="#list">-list stretch</a>.</p>
4990
4991<p>For other settings that affect fonts, see the options <a href="#font">-font</a>, <a href="#family">-family</a>, <a href="#style">-style</a>, and <a href="#weight">-weight</a>. </p>
4992
4993<div style="margin: auto;">
4994  <h4><a name="strip" id="strip"></a>-strip</h4>
4995</div>
4996
4997<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>strip the image of any profiles or comments.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
4998
4999<div style="margin: auto;">
5000  <h4><a name="stroke" id="stroke"></a>-stroke <em class="arg">color</em></h4>
5001</div>
5002
5003<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>color to use when stroking a graphic primitive.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5004
5005<p>The color is specified using the format described under the <a href="#fill">-fill</a> option.</p>
5006
5007<p>See <a href="#draw">-draw</a> for further details.</p>
5008
5009<div style="margin: auto;">
5010  <h4><a name="strokewidth" id="strokewidth"></a>-strokewidth <em class="arg">value</em></h4>
5011</div>
5012
5013<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>set the stroke width.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5014
5015<p>See <a href="#draw">-draw</a> for further details.</p>
5016
5017<div style="margin: auto;">
5018  <h4><a name="style" id="style"></a>-style <em class="arg">fontStyle</em></h4>
5019</div>
5020
5021<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Set a font style for text.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5022
5023<p>This setting suggests a font style that ImageMagick should try to apply to the currently selected font family. Select <em class="arg">fontStyle</em> from the following.</p>
5024
5025<pre class="text">
5026        Any
5027        Italic
5028        Normal
5029        Oblique
5030</pre>
5031
5032<p>For other settings that affect fonts, see the options <a href="#font">-font</a>, <a href="#family">-family</a>, <a href="#stretch">-stretch</a>, and <a href="#weight">-weight</a>. </p>
5033
5034<div style="margin: auto;">
5035  <h4><a name="swap" id="swap"></a>-swap <em class="arg">index,index</em></h4>
5036</div>
5037
5038<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Swap the positions of two images in the image sequence.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5039
5040<p>For example, <a href="#swap">-swap 0,2</a> swaps the first and the third images in the current image sequence. Use <a href="#swap">+swap</a> to switch the last two images in the sequence.</p>
5041
5042<div style="margin: auto;">
5043  <h4><a name="swirl" id="swirl"></a>-swirl <em class="arg">degrees</em></h4>
5044</div>
5045
5046<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>swirl image pixels about the center.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5047
5048<p><em class="arg">Degrees</em> defines the tightness of the swirl.</p>
5049
5050<div style="margin: auto;">
5051  <h4><a name="taint" id="taint"></a>-taint</h4>
5052</div>
5053
5054<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Mark the image as modified even if it isn't.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5055
5056<div style="margin: auto;">
5057  <h4><a name="text-font" id="text-font"></a>-text-font <em class="arg">name</em></h4>
5058</div>
5059
5060<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>font for writing fixed-width text.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5061
5062<p>Specifies the name of the preferred font to use in fixed (typewriter style) formatted text. The default is 14 point <em class="arg">Courier</em>.</p>
5063
5064<p>You can tag a font to specify whether it is a PostScript, TrueType, or OPTION1 font. For example, <kbd>Courier.ttf</kbd> is a TrueType font and <kbd>x:fixed</kbd> is OPTION1.</p>
5065
5066<div style="margin: auto;">
5067  <h4><a name="texture" id="texture"></a>-texture <em class="arg">filename</em></h4>
5068</div>
5069
5070<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>name of texture to tile onto the image background.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5071
5072<div style="margin: auto;">
5073  <h4><a name="threshold" id="threshold"></a>-threshold <em class="arg">value</em>{<em class="arg">%</em>}</h4>
5074</div>
5075
5076<!-- {<em class="arg">green,blue,opacity</em>}
5077<p>If the green or blue value is omitted, these channels use the same value as the first one provided. If all three color values are the same, the result is a bi-level image. If the opacity threshold is omitted, OpaqueOpacity is used and any partially transparent pixel becomes fully transparent.</p>
5078-->
5079
5080<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Apply simultaneous black/white threshold to the image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5081
5082<p>Any pixel values (more specifically, those channels set using <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#channel">&#x2011;channel</a>) that exceed the specified threshold are reassigned the maximum channel value, while all other values are assigned the minimum.</p>
5083
5084<p> The threshold value can be given as a percentage or as an absolute integer value corresponding to the desired channel value. When given as an integer, the minimum attainable value is 0 (corresponding to black when all channels are affected), but the maximum value (corresponding to white) is that of the <kbd>quantum depth</kbd> of the particular build of ImageMagick, and is therefore dependent on the installation. For that reason, a reasonable recommendation for most applications is to specify the threshold values as a percentage.
5085</p>
5086
5087<p> The following would force pixels with red values above 50% to have 100% red values, while those at or below 50% red would be set to 0 in the red channel. The green, blue, and alpha channels (if present) would be unchanged. </p>
5088
5089<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert in.png -channel red -threshold 50% out.png</span></p>
5090<p>As (possibly) impractical but instructive examples, the following would generate an all-black and an all-white image with the same dimensions as the input image.</p>
5091
5092
5093<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert in.png -threshold 100% black.png</span><span class='crtout'></span><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert in.png -threshold -1 white.png</span></p>
5094<p>Note that the values of the transparency channel is treated as 'matte'
5095values (0 is opaque) and not as 'alpha' values (0 is transparent).</p>
5096
5097<p> See also <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#black-threshold">&#x2011;black&#x2011;threshold</a> and <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#white-threshold">&#x2011;white&#x2011;threshold</a>.
5098</p>
5099
5100<div style="margin: auto;">
5101  <h4><a name="thumbnail" id="thumbnail"></a>-thumbnail <em class="arg">geometry</em></h4>
5102</div>
5103
5104<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Create a thumbnail of the image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5105
5106<p>This is similar to <a href="#resize">-resize</a>, except it is optimized for speed and any image profile, other than a color profile, is removed to reduce the thumbnail size.  To strip the color profiles as well, add <a href="#strip">-strip</a> just before of after this option.</p>
5107
5108<p>See <a href="/www/command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
5109
5110<div style="margin: auto;">
5111  <h4><a name="tile" id="tile"></a>-tile <em class="arg">filename</em></h4>
5112</div>
5113
5114<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Set the tile image used for filling a subsequent graphic primitive.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5115
5116<div style="margin: auto;">
5117  <h4>-tile <em class="arg">geometry</em></h4>
5118</div>
5119
5120<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Specify the layout of images .</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/montage.html">montage</a>]</td></tr></table>
5121
5122<p>See <a href="/www/command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
5123
5124<div style="margin: auto;">
5125  <h4>-tile</h4>
5126</div>
5127
5128<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Specifies that a subsequent composite operation is repeated across and down image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/composite.html">composite</a>]</td></tr></table>
5129
5130<div style="margin: auto;">
5131  <h4><a name="tile-offset" id="tile-offset"></a>-tile-offset {<em class="arg">+-</em>}<em class="arg">x</em>{<em class="arg">+-</em>}<em class="arg">y</em></h4>
5132</div>
5133
5134<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Specify the offset for tile images, relative to the background image it is tiled on.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5135
5136<p>This should be set before the tiling image is set by <a href="#tile" >-tile</a> or <a href="#texture" >-texture</a>, or directly applied for creating a tiled canvas using <kbd>TILE:</kbd> or <kbd>PATTERN:</kbd> input formats. </p>
5137
5138<p>Internally ImageMagick does a <a href="#roll" >-roll</a> of the tile image by the arguments given when the tile image is set. </p>
5139
5140<div style="margin: auto;">
5141  <h4><a name="tint" id="tint"></a>-tint <em class="arg">value</em></h4>
5142</div>
5143
5144<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Tint the image with the fill color.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5145
5146<p>Tint the image with the fill color.</p>
5147
5148<p>Specify the amount of tinting as a percentage.  Pure colors like black, white red, yellow, will not be affected by -tint. Only mid-range colors such as the various shades of grey.</p>
5149
5150<div style="margin: auto;">
5151  <h4><a name="title" id="title"></a>-title <em class="arg">string</em></h4>
5152</div>
5153
5154<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Assign a title to displayed image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/animate.html">animate</a>, <a href="/www/display.html">display</a>, <a href="/www/montage.html">montage</a>]</td></tr></table>
5155
5156<p>Use this option to assign a specific title to the image. This assigned to the image window and is typically displayed in the window title bar. Optionally you can include the image filename, type, width, height, Exif data, or other image attribute by embedding special format characters described under the <a href="#format">-format</a> option.</p>
5157
5158<p>For example,</p>
5159
5160<p class="crtsnip">
5161  -title "%m:%f %wx%h"
5162</p>
5163
5164<p>produces an image title of <kbd>MIFF:bird.miff 512x480</kbd> for an image titled <kbd>bird.miff</kbd> and whose width is 512 and height is 480.</p>
5165
5166
5167<div style="margin: auto;">
5168  <h4><a name="transform" id="transform"></a>-transform</h4>
5169</div>
5170
5171<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>transform the image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5172
5173<p>This option applies the transformation matrix from a previous <a href="#affine">-affine</a> option.</p>
5174
5175<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert -affine 2,2,-2,2,0,0 -transform bird.ppm bird.jpg</span></p>
5176<div style="margin: auto;">
5177  <h4><a name="transparent" id="transparent"></a>-transparent <em class="arg">color</em></h4>
5178</div>
5179
5180<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Make this color transparent within the image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5181
5182<p>The <em class="arg">color</em> argument is defined using the format
5183described under the <a href="#fill">-fill</a> option. The <a href="#fuzz"
5184>-fuzz</a> setting can be used to match and replace colors similar to the one
5185given. </p>
5186
5187<p>The <a href="#opaque">-opaque</a>  operator is exactly the same as <a
5188href="#transparent" >-transparent</a> but replaces the matching color same as
5189the current <a href="#fill">-fill</a> color setting. </p>
5190
5191<p>This does not define the 'transparency color' used for color-mapped image
5192formats, such as GIF.  For that use <a href="#transparent-color"
5193>-transparent-color</a> </p>
5194
5195<p>Use <a href="#opaque">+opaque</a> to invered the pixels matched, that is
5196paint any pixel that does not match the target color, with the fill color.</p>
5197
5198
5199<div style="margin: auto;">
5200  <h4><a name="transparent-color" id="transparent-color"></a>-transparent-color <em class="arg">color</em></h4>
5201</div>
5202
5203<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Set the transparent color.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5204
5205<p>Sometimes this is used for saving to image formats such as
5206GIF and PNG8 which uses this color to represent boolean transparency.  This
5207does not make a color transparent, it only defines what color the transparent
5208color is in the color palette of the saved image. Use <a
5209href="#transparent">-transparent</a> to make an opaque color transparent.</p>
5210
5211<p>This option allows you to have both an opaque visible color, as well as a
5212transparent color of the same color value without conflict.  That is, you can
5213use the same color for both the transparent and opaque color areas within an
5214image.  This, in turn, frees to you to select a transparent color that is
5215appropriate when an image is displayed by an application that does not handle a
5216transparent color index, while allowing ImageMagick to correctly handle images of this
5217type. </p>
5218
5219<p>The default transparent color is <kbd>#00000000</kbd>, which is fully transparent black.</p>
5220
5221<div style="margin: auto;">
5222  <h4><a name="transpose" id="transpose"></a>-transpose</h4>
5223</div>
5224
5225<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Mirror the image along the top-left to bottom-right diagonal.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5226
5227<p> This option mathematically transposes the pixel array.  It is equivalent to the sequence <kbd>-flip -rotate 90</kbd>.
5228</p>
5229
5230<div style="margin: auto;">
5231  <h4><a name="transverse" id="transverse"></a>-transverse</h4>
5232</div>
5233
5234<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Mirror the image along the images bottom-left top-right diagonal.  Equivalent to the operations <kbd>-flop -rotate 90</kbd>.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5235
5236
5237<div style="margin: auto;">
5238  <h4><a name="treedepth" id="treedepth"></a>-treedepth <em class="arg">value</em></h4>
5239</div>
5240
5241<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>tree depth for the color reduction algorithm.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5242
5243<p>Normally, this integer value is zero or one. A value of zero or one causes the use of an optimal tree depth for the color reduction algorithm.</p>
5244
5245<p>An optimal depth generally allows the best representation of the source image with the fastest computational speed and the least amount of memory. However, the default depth is inappropriate for some images. To assure the best representation, try values between 2 and 8 for this parameter.  Refer to the <a href="/www/quantize.html">color reduction algorithm</a> for more details.</p>
5246
5247<p>The <a href="#colors">-colors</a> or <a href="#monochrome">-monochrome</a> option, or writing to an image format which requires color reduction, is required for this option to take effect.</p>
5248
5249<div style="margin: auto;">
5250  <h4><a name="trim" id="trim"></a>-trim</h4>
5251</div>
5252
5253<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>trim an image.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5254
5255<p>This option removes any edges that are exactly the same color as the corner pixels. Use <a href="#fuzz">-fuzz</a> to make <a href="#trim">-trim</a> remove edges that are nearly the same color as the corner pixels.</p>
5256
5257<p>The page or virtual canvas information of the image is preserved allowing
5258you to extract the result of the <a href="#trim">-trim</a> operation from the
5259image.  Use a <a href="#repage">+repage</a> to remove the virtual canvas page
5260information if it is unwanted.</p>
5261
5262<p>If the trimmed image 'disappears' an warning is produced, and a special
5263single pixel transparent 'missed' image is returned, in the same way as when a
5264<a href="#crop">-crop</a> operation 'misses' the image proper. </p>
5265
5266
5267<div style="margin: auto;">
5268  <h4><a name="type" id="type"></a>-type <em class="arg">type</em></h4>
5269</div>
5270
5271<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>the image type.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5272 <p>Choose from: <kbd>Bilevel</kbd>, <kbd>Grayscale</kbd>, <kbd>GrayscaleMatte</kbd>, <kbd>Palette</kbd>, <kbd>PaletteMatte</kbd>, <kbd>TrueColor</kbd>, <kbd>TrueColorMatte</kbd>, <kbd>ColorSeparation</kbd>, <kbd>ColorSeparationMatte</kbd>, or <kbd>Optimize</kbd>.</p>
5273
5274<p>Normally, when a format supports different subformats such as grayscale and truecolor, the encoder will try to choose an efficient subformat. The <a href="#type">-type</a> option can be used to overrride this behavior. For example, to prevent a JPEG from being written in grayscale format even though only gray pixels are present, use.</p>
5275
5276<p class='crt'><span class="crtprompt"> $magick&gt; </span><span class='crtin'>convert bird.png -type TrueColor bird.jpg</span></p>
5277<p>Similarly, use <a href="#type">-type TrueColorMatte</a> to force the encoder to write an alpha channel even though the image is opaque, if the output format supports transparency.</p>
5278
5279<p>Use <a href="#type">-type optimize</a> to ensure the image is written in the smallest possible file size.</p>
5280
5281<div style="margin: auto;">
5282  <h4><a name="undercolor" id="undercolor"></a>-undercolor <em class="arg">color</em></h4>
5283</div>
5284
5285<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>set the color of the annotation bounding box.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5286
5287<p>The color is specified using the format described under the <a href="#fill">-fill</a> option.</p>
5288
5289<p>See <a href="#draw">-draw</a> for further details.</p>
5290
5291
5292<div style="margin: auto;">
5293  <h4><a name="update" id="update"></a>-update <em class="arg">seconds</em></h4>
5294</div>
5295
5296<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>detect when image file is modified and redisplay.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5297
5298<p>Suppose that while you are displaying an image the file that is currently displayed is over-written.  <kbd>display</kbd> will automagically detect that the input file has been changed and update the displayed image accordingly.</p>
5299
5300
5301<div style="margin: auto;">
5302  <h4><a name="unique-colors" id="unique-colors"></a>-unique-colors</h4>
5303</div>
5304
5305<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>discard all but one of any pixel color.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5306
5307
5308<div style="margin: auto;">
5309  <h4><a name="units" id="units"></a>-units <em class="arg">type</em></h4>
5310</div>
5311
5312<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>the units of image resolution.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5313
5314<p>Choose from: <kbd>Undefined</kbd>, <kbd>PixelsPerInch</kbd>, or <kbd>PixelsPerCentimeter</kbd>. This option is normally used in conjunction with the <a href="#density">-density</a> option.</p>
5315
5316
5317<div style="margin: auto;">
5318  <h4><a name="unsharp" id="unsharp"></a>-unsharp <em class="arg">radius</em><br />-unsharp <em class="arg">radius</em>x<em class="arg">sigma</em>{<em class="arg">+amount</em>}{<em class="arg">+threshold</em>}</h4>
5319</div>
5320
5321<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>sharpen the image with an unsharp mask operator.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5322
5323<p>The <a href="#unsharp">-unsharp</a> option sharpens an image. The image is convolved with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (sigma). For reasonable results, radius should be larger than sigma. Use a radius of 0 to have the method select a suitable radius.</p>
5324
5325<p>The parameters are:</p>
5326
5327<pre class="text">
5328  radius:    The radius of the Gaussian, in pixels,  not counting the center
5329             pixel (default 0).
5330  sigma:     The standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels (default 1.0).
5331  amount:    The fraction of the difference between the original and the blur
5332             image that is added back into the original (default 1.0).
5333  threshold: The threshold, as a fraction of <em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>, needed to apply the
5334             difference amount (default 0.05).
5335</pre>
5336
5337
5338<div style="margin: auto;">
5339  <h4><a name="verbose" id="verbose"></a>-verbose</h4>
5340</div>
5341
5342<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>print detailed information about the image when this option preceds the <a href="#identify">-identify</a> option or <kbd>info:</kbd>.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5343
5344
5345<div style="margin: auto;">
5346  <h4><a name="version" id="version"></a>-version</h4>
5347</div>
5348
5349<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>print ImageMagick version string and exit.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5350
5351
5352<div style="margin: auto;">
5353  <h4><a name="view" id="view"></a>-view <em class="arg">string</em></h4>
5354</div>
5355
5356<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>FlashPix viewing parameters.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5357
5358
5359<div style="margin: auto;">
5360  <h4><a name="vignette" id="vignette"></a>-vignette <em class="arg">radius</em>{x<em class="arg">sigma</em>}{<em class="arg">+-</em>}<em class="arg">x</em>{<em class="arg">+-</em>}<em class="arg">y</em>{<em class="arg">%</em>}</h4>
5361</div>
5362
5363<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>soften the edges of the image in vignette style.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5364
5365
5366<div style="margin: auto;">
5367  <h4><a name="virtual-pixel" id="virtual-pixel"></a>-virtual-pixel <em class="arg">method</em></h4>
5368</div>
5369
5370<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Specify contents of <em>virtual pixels</em>.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5371
5372<p>This option defines what color source should be used if and when a color
5373lookup completely 'misses' the source image. The color(s) that appear to
5374surround the source image.  Generally this color is derived from the source
5375image, but could also be set to a specify background color. </p>
5376
5377<p>Choose from these methods:</p>
5378
5379<pre class="text">
5380  background:           the area surrounding the image is the background color
5381  black:                the area surrounding the image is black
5382  checker-tile:         alternate squares with image and background color
5383  dither:               non-random 32x32 dithered pattern
5384  edge:                 extend the edge pixel toward infinity
5385  gray:                 the area surrounding the image is gray
5386  horizontal-tile:      horizontally tile the image, background color above/below
5387  horizontal-tile-edge: horizontally tile the image and replicate the side edge pixels
5388  mirror:               mirror tile the image
5389  random:               choose a random pixel from the image
5390  tile:                 tile the image (default)
5391  transparent:          the area surrounding the image is transparent blackness
5392  vertical-tile:        vertically tile the image, sides are background color
5393  vertical-tile-edge:   vertically tile the image and replicate the side edge pixels
5394  white:                the area surrounding the image is white
5395</pre>
5396
5397<p>The default value is "edge".</p>
5398
5399<p>This most important for distortion operators such as <a href="#distort"
5400>-distort</a>, <a href="#implode" >-implode</a>, and <a href="#fx" >-fx</a>.
5401However it also effects operations that may access pixels just outside the
5402image proper, such as <a href="#convolve">-convolve</a>, <a
5403href="#blur">-blur</a>, and <a href="#sharpen">-sharpen</a>. </p>
5404
5405<p>To print a complete list of virtual pixel types, use the <a href="#list">-list virtual-pixel</a> option.</p>
5406
5407
5408<div style="margin: auto;">
5409  <h4><a name="visual" id="visual"></a>-visual <em class="arg">type</em></h4>
5410</div>
5411
5412<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Animate images using this X visual type.</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/animate.html">animate</a>, <a href="/www/display.html">display</a>]</td></tr></table>
5413
5414<p>Choose from these visual classes:</p>
5415
5416<pre class="text">
5417  StaticGray
5418  GrayScale
5419  StaticColor
5420  PseudoColor
5421  TrueColor
5422  DirectColor
5423  default
5424  visual id
5425</pre>
5426
5427<p>The X server must support the visual you choose, otherwise an error occurs. If a visual is not specified, the visual class that can display the most simultaneous colors on the default screen is chosen.</p>
5428
5429
5430<div style="margin: auto;">
5431  <h4><a name="watermark" id="watermark"></a>-watermark <em
5432  class="arg">brightness</em>x<em class="arg">saturation</em></h4>
5433</div>
5434
5435<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Watermark an image using the given percentages of brightness and
5436saturation.</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/composite.html">composite</a>]</td></tr></table>
5437
5438<p>Take a grayscale image (with alpha mask) and modify the destination image's
5439brightness according to watermark image's grayscale value and the <em
5440class="arg">brightness</em> percentage.  The destinations color saturation
5441attribute is just direct modified by the <em class="arg">saturation</em>
5442percentage, which defaults to 100 percent (no color change). </p>
5443
5444
5445<div style="margin: auto;">
5446  <h4><a name="wave" id="wave"></a>-wave <em class="arg">amplitude</em><br />-wave <em class="arg">amplitude</em>x<em class="arg">wavelength</em></h4>
5447</div>
5448
5449<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Shear the columns of an image into a sine wave.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5450
5451<p>Specify <em class="arg">amplitude</em> and <em class="arg">wavelength</em> of the wave.</p>
5452
5453<div style="margin: auto;">
5454  <h4><a name="weight" id="weight"></a>-weight <em class="arg">fontWeight</em></h4>
5455</div>
5456
5457<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Set a font weight for text.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5458
5459<p>This setting suggests a font weight that ImageMagick should try to apply to the currently selected font family. Use a positive integer for <em class="arg">fontWeight</em> or select from the following.</p>
5460
5461<table class="doc">
5462  <col width="25%" />
5463  <col width="75%" />
5464  <thead>
5465  <tr>
5466  <th><em class="arg">fontWeight</em></th>
5467  <th>Description</th>
5468  </tr>
5469  </thead>
5470  <tbody>
5471    <tr><td>All </td>       <td>No effect. </td></tr>
5472    <tr><td>Bold </td>      <td>Same as <em class="arg">fontWeight</em> = 700.</td></tr>
5473    <tr><td>Bolder </td>    <td>Add 100 to font weight if currently &le; 800.</td></tr>
5474    <tr><td>Lighter </td>   <td>Subtract 100 to font weight if currently &le; 100.</td></tr>
5475    <tr><td>Normal </td>    <td>Same as <em class="arg">fontWeight</em> = 400.</td></tr>
5476 </tbody>
5477 </table>
5478
5479<p>To print a complete list of weight types, use <a href="#list">-list weight</a>.</p>
5480
5481<p>For other settings that affect fonts, see the options <a href="#font">-font</a>, <a href="#family">-family</a>, <a href="#stretch">-stretch</a>, and <a href="#style">-style</a>. </p>
5482
5483<div style="margin: auto;">
5484  <h4><a name="white-point" id="white-point"></a>-white-point <em class="arg">x,y</em></h4>
5485</div>
5486
5487<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>chromaticity white point.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5488
5489<div style="margin: auto;">
5490  <h4><a name="white-threshold" id="white-threshold"></a>-white-threshold <em class="arg">value</em>{<em class="arg">%</em>}</h4>
5491</div>
5492
5493<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Force to white all pixels above the threshold while leaving all pixels at or below the threshold unchanged.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5494
5495<p> The threshold value can be given as a percentage or as an absolute integer value within [0,&nbsp;<em class="QR">QuantumRange</em>] corresponding to the desired <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#channel">&#x2011;channel</a> value. See <a href="/www/command-line-options.html#threshold">&#x2011;threshold</a> for more details on thresholds and resulting values.
5496</p>
5497
5498<div style="margin: auto;">
5499  <h4><a name="window" id="window"></a>-window <em class="arg">id</em></h4>
5500</div>
5501
5502<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>Make the image the background of a window.</td><td style='text-align:right;'>[<a href="/www/animate.html">animate</a>, <a href="/www/display.html">display</a>]</td></tr></table>
5503
5504<p><em class="arg">id</em> can be a window id or name. Specify <kbd>root</kbd> to select X's root window as the target window.</p>
5505
5506<p>By default the image is tiled onto the background of the target window. If <kbd>backdrop</kbd> or <a href="#geometry">-resize</a> are specified, the image is surrounded by the background color. Refer to <kbd>X RESOURCES</kbd> for details.</p>
5507
5508<p>The image will not display on the root window if the image has more unique colors than the target window colormap allows. Use <a href="#colors">-colors</a> to reduce the number of colors.</p>
5509
5510<div style="margin: auto;">
5511  <h4><a name="window-group" id="window-group"></a>-window-group</h4>
5512</div>
5513
5514<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>specify the window group.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5515
5516<div style="margin: auto;">
5517  <h4><a name="write" id="write"></a>-write <em class="arg">filename</em></h4>
5518</div>
5519
5520<table style='background-color:#FFFFE0; margin-left:40px; margin-right:40px; width:88%'><tr><td style='width:75%'>write an image sequence.</td><td style='text-align:right;'></td></tr></table>
5521 <p>The image sequence preceding the <a href="#write">-write</a> <em class="arg">filename</em> option is written out, and processing continues with the same image in its current state if there are additional options. To restore the image to its original state after writing it, use the <a href="#write">+write</a> <em class="arg">filename</em> option.</p>
5522
5523<p>Use <a href="#compress">-compress</a> to specify the type of image compression.</p>
5524
5525
5526</div>
5527
5528<div id="linkbar">
5529 <!--    <span id="linkbar-west">&nbsp;</span>  -->
5530    <span id="linkbar-center">
5531      <a href="http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/">Discourse Server</a> &bull;
5532      <a href="/www/mailing-list.html">Mailing Lists</a> &bull;
5533    <a href="http://studio.webbyland.com/ImageMagick/MagickStudio/scripts/MagickStudio.cgi">Studio</a>
5534    </span>
5535    <span id="linkbar-east">&nbsp;</span>
5536  </div>
5537  <div class="footer">
5538    <span id="footer-west">&copy; 1999-2009 ImageMagick Studio LLC</span>
5539    <span id="footer-east"> <a href="http://www.imagemagick.org/script/contact.php">Contact the Wizards</a></span>
5540  </div>
5541  <div style="clear: both; margin: 0; width: 100%; "></div>
5542</body>
5543</html>
5544